JDE Distribution Manual

1242
J.D. Edwards Distribution Center User Manual

Transcript of JDE Distribution Manual

Page 1: JDE Distribution Manual

J.D. Edwards Distribution Center

User Manual

Page 2: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Table of Contents for DC Preface......................................................................................................................................... 1-1

J.D. Edwards Common Foundations ....................................................................................... 1-1 Warehouse Layout Definitions ................................................................................................ 1-5 Daily Balancing Shipments and Receipts to the Battery Activity Report ............................... 1-7 PARC Process........................................................................................................................ 1-11

Sales Order Entry Module ........................................................................................................ 2-1 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG................................................................................ 2-1 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO)....................................................................... 2-11 How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP .............................................................................. 2-17 How to Enter a Transfer Order to JDE DC ST/OT................................................................ 2-23 How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS ........................................................................ 2-27 How to Assign a Pick Number............................................................................................... 2-33 How to Assign Pick Numbers for Backorders....................................................................... 2-37 How to Create a Backorder in Advance (Split Loads) .......................................................... 2-41 How to Release a Backorder Batch ....................................................................................... 2-45 How to Temporarily Change a Ship To................................................................................. 2-49 How to Add to an Existing Order .......................................................................................... 2-53 How to Cancel Lines on an Existing Order ........................................................................... 2-57

Truck Routing Module .............................................................................................................. 3-1 How to Route Using Truck Stops ............................................................................................ 3-1 How to Manually Route an Order............................................................................................ 3-3 How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip (Route) ............................................................... 3-11 How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip....................................................................... 3-15 How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip .................................................................. 3-17 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen.......................................................................... 3-19 How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment – Trip Build Screen........................... 3-23 How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen ................................................................. 3-25

Planning Module ........................................................................................................................ 4-1 How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling ................................................................. 4-1 How to Change a Trip Run Date.............................................................................................. 4-7 How to Enter Pick Production Scheduling .............................................................................. 4-9 How to Inquire on PF Production Scheduling ....................................................................... 4-13 How to Inquire on a Pick Production Schedule ..................................................................... 4-15

Order Fulfillment Module......................................................................................................... 5-1 How to Process Pre-Finished Production ................................................................................ 5-1 How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries .............................................................................. 5-7 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries....................................................................................... 5-13 How to Perform Pick Verification ......................................................................................... 5-27 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification .......................................................................... 5-31 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification ....................................................................... 5-39 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification .............................................................. 5-47 How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification .................................................................. 5-53 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification ............................................................... 5-57 How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu.............................................. 5-63 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance................................................................................. 5-69 How to Use Full Pallet Picking.............................................................................................. 5-77

i

Page 3: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Truck Loading Through Confirm Shipment Module ............................................................ 6-1 How to Perform Truck Loading............................................................................................... 6-1 How to Un-Truck Load............................................................................................................ 6-9 How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents) .......................................... 6-13 How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory) ...................................................... 6-17 How to Reprint Documents ................................................................................................... 6-21

Stock Receiving Module ............................................................................................................ 7-1 How to Receive by Serial Number .......................................................................................... 7-1 How to Receive by Purchase Order ......................................................................................... 7-9 How to Reverse by Serial Number ........................................................................................ 7-15 How to Unreceive by Purchase Order ................................................................................... 7-19 How to Use Directed Receipt ................................................................................................ 7-23

Stock Adjustments Module ....................................................................................................... 8-1 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) .................................................................... 8-1 How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)............................................ 8-9 How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E).......................................................... 8-15 How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)......................................................... 8-19 How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H) ........................................................ 8-23 How to Perform a Recover from Blem Adjustment (P) ........................................................ 8-27 How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC) ................................................................. 8-31 How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR) ............................................................... 8-35 How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)..................................................................... 8-39 How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF) .................................................................... 8-43 How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)....................................................................... 8-47 How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW)...................................................... 8-51

Stock Moves Module.................................................................................................................. 9-1 How to Perform a Computer Directed Move........................................................................... 9-1 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Rack to the Picking Area .................................... 9-9 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Multiple Storage Location to a Rack Location.9-13 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Type Location to a Multiple Storage Location.9-15 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Reject Repair to a Multiple Storage Location .. 9-19 How to Perform Boost In (From Multiple to Eaches) ........................................................... 9-23 How to Perform Boost Out (From Eaches to Multiple)......................................................... 9-25 How to Create Transfer Labels Using Boost Out .................................................................. 9-27 How to Unproduce Transfer Labels Using Boost In ............................................................. 9-31 How to Perform a Directed Putaway Move........................................................................... 9-33

Cycle Count Module ................................................................................................................ 10-1 How to Perform a Cycle Count.............................................................................................. 10-1 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number.............................................................. 10-5 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves .................................................................................. 10-7 How to Enter Final Count Keying ....................................................................................... 10-11 How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions ................................................................... 10-15

Physical Inventory Module ..................................................................................................... 11-1 How to Begin a Physical Inventory ....................................................................................... 11-1 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Numbers .......................................................... 11-17 How to Perform Tag Keying................................................................................................ 11-21 How to Perform Serialized Pallet Maintenance................................................................... 11-25 How to Submit an Inventory Tags Report ........................................................................... 11-29 How to Submit a Variance Detail Report ............................................................................ 11-31

ii

Page 4: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Post Physical Inventory........................................................................................... 11-33 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves ................................................................................ 11-35

DC Set Up Module ................................................................................................................... 12-1 How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location .......................................................................... 12-1 How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location ................................................................. 12-11 How to View Default Location Maintenance ...................................................................... 12-17 How to Enter a Work Day Calendar .................................................................................... 12-19 How to Print Location Labels .............................................................................................. 12-21 How to Print Text Labels..................................................................................................... 12-25

Technical Operations Module................................................................................................. 13-1 How to Start Printers.............................................................................................................. 13-1 How to Vary Off Device........................................................................................................ 13-3 How to Vary On Device ........................................................................................................ 13-7 How to Work with Active Printers ........................................................................................ 13-9 How to Work with Device Status ........................................................................................ 13-13 How to Work with User Spooled Files ................................................................................ 13-17 How to Work with Query .................................................................................................... 13-21 How to Reboot Your Scanner .............................................................................................. 13-23

Purchase Orders Module ........................................................................................................ 14-1 How to Enter Non-Inventory/Supplier (OP).......................................................................... 14-1 How to Enter an Inventory/Supplier (OF) ........................................................................... 14-13 How to Enter a Capital Equip, Sanction (OS) ..................................................................... 14-17 How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI)........................................................................... 14-21 How to Enter a Receipt from Exide Non-JDE (EI) ............................................................. 14-29 How to Add/Change an Existing Inventory/Supplier (OF) PO ........................................... 14-33 How to Cancel Lines on POs (Existing Inventory POs)...................................................... 14-37 How to Change POs/Non-Inventory (OP) ........................................................................... 14-41 How to View Orders Awaiting Approval ............................................................................ 14-45 How to Use the Approval Review Option ........................................................................... 14-49 How to Use Approval Delegation........................................................................................ 14-53

PARC Order Processing Module ........................................................................................... 15-1 How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS .................................................................................... 15-1 How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR..................................................................................... 15-9 How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD .................................................................................. 15-15 How to Enter a Credit Only CC........................................................................................... 15-23 How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL .................................................................................. 15-29 How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP................................................................................. 15-35 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP...................................................................... 15-41 How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ ....................................................................... 15-47 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ ............................................................ 15-55 How to Confirm Credits....................................................................................................... 15-63 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG............................................................................ 15-67 How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX ........................................................................... 15-75 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO ....................................................................... 15-81 How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI ....................................................................... 15-89 How to Enter Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT........................................................................... 15-95 How to Assign a Pick Number............................................................................................. 15-99

iii

Page 5: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

PARC Truck Routing Module................................................................................................ 16-1 How to Manually Route an Order.......................................................................................... 16-1 How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip ............................................................................ 16-9 How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip..................................................................... 16-13 How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip ................................................................ 16-15 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen........................................................................ 16-19 How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment – Trip Build Screen......................... 16-23 How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen ............................................................... 16-27

PARC Order Fulfillment Module........................................................................................... 17-1 How to Perform Pick Verification ......................................................................................... 17-1 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification .......................................................................... 17-7 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification ..................................................................... 17-15 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification ............................................................ 17-23 How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification ................................................................ 17-29 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification ............................................................. 17-33 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance............................................................................... 17-39

PARC Truck Loading Through Confirm Shipment Module .............................................. 18-1 How to Perform Truck Loading............................................................................................. 18-1 How to Un-Truck Load.......................................................................................................... 18-9 How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents) ........................................ 18-15 How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory) .................................................... 18-21 How to Reprint Documents ................................................................................................. 18-25

PARC Stock Adjustments Module ......................................................................................... 19-1 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) .................................................................. 19-1 How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J) ................................................................ 19-9 How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)........................................................ 19-15 How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)....................................................... 19-21 How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H) ...................................................... 19-27 How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P) .......................................................................... 19-33 How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC) ............................................................... 19-39 How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR) ............................................................. 19-45 How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)................................................................... 19-49 How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF) .................................................................. 19-55 How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)..................................................................... 19-61 How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW).................................................... 19-67

PARC Cycle Count Module .................................................................................................... 20-1 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number.............................................................. 20-7 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves .................................................................................. 20-9 How to Enter Final Count Keying ....................................................................................... 20-13 How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions ................................................................... 20-17

PARC Technical Operations Module..................................................................................... 21-1 How to Work with Active Printers ........................................................................................ 21-1 How to Work with User Spooled Files .................................................................................. 21-7

Sales Order Reports Module................................................................................................... 22-1 How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report ................................................................ 22-1 How to Run a Customer Backorders Report.......................................................................... 22-7 How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report ..................................................................... 22-11 How to Run an Open Orders Report Sum by Day Report................................................... 22-13 How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s) ............................................................ 22-15

iv

Page 6: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Wal-Mart) ...................................................... 22-21 Material Team Reports Module ............................................................................................. 23-1

How to Print Inventory POs................................................................................................... 23-1 How to Print Specific Inventory POs..................................................................................... 23-7 How to Reprint Specific Inventory POs ................................................................................ 23-9 How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report .......................................................... 23-11 How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report ..................................................................... 23-13 How to Run an Open Inventory POs by Vendor ................................................................. 23-15 How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report.................................................................... 23-17 How to Run a Monthly Conversion List Report.................................................................. 23-21

Operations Team Reports Module ......................................................................................... 24-1 How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Basic) Report .................................................... 24-1 How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Finished) Report ............................................... 24-5 How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Components) Report......................................... 24-7 How to Run a Costed Stock Status Report ............................................................................ 24-9 How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report .......................................................... 24-11 How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report ................................................................ 24-13 How to Run a Daily Orders Report DC Report ................................................................... 24-14 How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report .................................................... 24-17 How to Run a Production Recap by Line/User Report........................................................ 24-19 How to Run a Battery Activity Report ................................................................................ 24-23 How to Run a P.O.R.S. ........................................................................................................ 24-25 How to Run a DC Summary Report .................................................................................... 24-27 How to Run a Plant Shipments Report ................................................................................ 24-29 How to Run a Customer Service Report/Branch Ops Report.............................................. 24-31 How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Branch Report............................................... 24-33 How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Parent # Report ............................................. 24-35 How to Run a Fill % by Business Unit/Ship To Report ...................................................... 24-37 How to Run Fill % by Ship To Report ................................................................................ 24-41 How to Run a Fill % by SKU # Report ............................................................................... 24-45 How to Run a Finishing Line Schedule Report ................................................................... 24-49 How to Run a History by User Name Report ...................................................................... 24-51 How to Run a Recap of Batteries by Trip Report................................................................ 24-53

Stock Locator Reports Module............................................................................................... 25-1 How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report........................................................................ 25-1 How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report ....................................................................... 25-7 How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report ..................................................................... 25-9 How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report ......................................................................... 25-11 How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report................................................................ 25-13 How to Run a Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date Report ............................................. 25-15 How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report .................................................................. 25-17 How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report................................................... 25-19 How to Run a Stock History by Serial Number Report....................................................... 25-21 How to Run a Stock Move History Report.......................................................................... 25-23

Routing Reports Module ......................................................................................................... 26-1 How to Run a Trip Number Tracking Report........................................................................ 26-1 How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report ......................................................... 26-5 How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Summary Report ..................................................... 26-11 How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report........................................................ 26-15

v

Page 7: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report .......................................................... 26-21 How to Run a Pre-Finished Customer Detail Report........................................................... 26-23 How to Run a Non-PF Customer Detail Report .................................................................. 26-25 How to Run a Purged Trip Numbers Report ....................................................................... 26-27 How to Run a Loaded Truck Report.................................................................................... 26-31

Reconciliation Reports Module .............................................................................................. 27-1 How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report .................................................................. 27-1 How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report..................................................................... 27-3 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report .............................................................. 27-7 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Components) Report ........................................................ 27-9 How to Run an RMA Returns Report.................................................................................. 27-13 How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report ........................................................ 27-15 How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report ....................................................................... 27-19 How to Run a Battery Activity Report ................................................................................ 27-21 How to Run a Ship by Trip Report ...................................................................................... 27-25 How to Run a Transfer Order by Receiving Report ............................................................ 27-27 How to Run a Transfer Order by Shipping Report .............................................................. 27-29 How to Run an N Conversion (Type to Type) Report......................................................... 27-31 How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report............................................................................. 27-35 How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report............................................................................ 27-39 How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report ............................................................ 27-43 How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report.................................................................... 27-47 How to Run an ST/OT Report – Shipping Report............................................................... 27-51 How to Run an ST/OT Report - Receiving Report.............................................................. 27-53

Sales Order Inquiries Module................................................................................................. 28-1 How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen ................................................................ 28-1 How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen ........................................................................ 28-9 How to Use the Delivery Notes Inquiry Screen................................................................... 28-15 How to Use the EDI-Display Download Runtimes Inquiry Screen .................................... 28-19 How to Use the Item Cross-Reference Inquiry Screen........................................................ 28-21 How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen ....................................................... 28-25 How to Use the Detailed Availability Inquiry Screen ......................................................... 28-29

Material Team Inquiries Module ........................................................................................... 29-1 How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen....................................... 29-1 How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen ............................................... 29-9 How to Use the Open Orders Transfers (OT) Inquiry Screen ............................................. 29-15 How to Use the Receipt Inquiry Screen............................................................................... 29-19 How to Use the PO/Receiving Audit Trail Inquiry Screen.................................................. 29-23 How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen .......................................................... 29-27

Operations Team Inquiries Module ....................................................................................... 30-1 How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen................................................... 30-1 How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen ......................................................... 30-7 How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen .......................................................... 30-11

Stock Locator Inquiries Module............................................................................................. 31-1 How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen ........................................................ 31-1 How to Use the Serial Number Lookup Inquiry Screen ........................................................ 31-7 How to Use the Single Location Lookup Inquiry Screen ...................................................... 31-9 How to Use the Single Type Lookup Inquiry Screen .......................................................... 31-11 How to Use the Stock Locator by Location Inquiry Screen ................................................ 31-13

vi

Page 8: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Mfg. Date Inquiry Screen.............................................. 31-15 How to Use the Stock In Transit by Type Inquiry Screen................................................... 31-17 How to Use the Stock History by Trans. Date Inquiry Screen ............................................ 31-19 How to Use the Stock History by Serial Number Inquiry Screen ....................................... 31-21 How to Use the Stock Move History Inquiry Screen .......................................................... 31-23

Routing Inquiries Module ....................................................................................................... 32-1 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen.......................................................................... 32-1 How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Dept. Screen ........................................................... 32-7 How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Date Inquiry Screen.............................................. 32-11

Planning Inquiries Module ..................................................................................................... 33-1 How to Use the Enter/Change Forecast ................................................................................. 33-1 How to Use the Item Master Information .............................................................................. 33-3 How to Use the Supply and Demand..................................................................................... 33-5 How to Use the Multi-Level BOM Inquiry ........................................................................... 33-7 How to Use the Multi-Level Where Used ............................................................................. 33-9

PARC Reports Module............................................................................................................ 34-1 How to Run a Battery Activity Report .................................................................................. 34-1 How to Run an RMA Returns Report.................................................................................... 34-7 How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report .................................................................. 34-9 How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report ..................................................................... 34-11 How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report................................................................... 34-13 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report ............................................................ 34-17 How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report ........................................................ 34-23 How to Run a Daily Orders Report PARC Report .............................................................. 34-29 How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report .................................................... 34-31 How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report .............................................................. 34-33 How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report ....................................................................... 34-35 How to Run a Ship By Trip Report ..................................................................................... 34-39 How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report...................................................................... 34-41 How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report ..................................................................... 34-43 How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report ................................................................... 34-47 How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report ......................................................................... 34-51 How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report................................................................ 34-53 How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report .................................................................. 34-55 How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report................................................... 34-57 How to Run a Conversion (Type to Type) Report............................................................... 34-59 How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report............................................................................. 34-63 How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report............................................................................ 34-67 How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report ............................................................ 34-71 How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report .......................................................... 34-75 How to Run a Credit Orders Less than 560 Report ............................................................. 34-77

vii

Page 9: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

viii

Page 10: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Preface

J.D. Edwards Common Foundations

Introduction This section provides a foundation in J.D. Edwards to execute the task necessary to perform Exide’s business foundations.

Signing on At the sign-on window, enter your user ID and password. The User ID, depending on your facility, is one of the following:

• The first three letters of your first name followed by the first three letters of your last name, or,

• The first six letters of your last name, your first initial, and your middle initial.

The first time to sign on, your password will be the same as your User ID.

J.D. Edwards Common Foundations 1-1

Page 11: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Menu screen Below is an example of a menu screen and its various components. This screen, the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu, displays several menu options and a command line at the bottom in which a menu option can be entered.

Hidden Selections Hidden selections are operations that are accessible by entering a specified number on the command line. Entering HS on the command line displays a list of the hidden selections available. The table below lists the most commonly used hidden selections.

Hidden Selection Description 25 Displays the menu specifications 33 Displays jobs submitted to batch 34 Displays system messages 42 Displays the JOBQ 43 Displays the print queue 50 Displays current calendar 60 Displays screen to send messages 80 Maintain Default Branch Location 88 Change Password 90 Signs off the system

1-2 J.D. Edwards Common Foundations

Page 12: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Screen Layout This screen displays several different types of fields, including the Action Code field.

Action Codes There are three possible action codes to enter in the action code field.

Action code Description A Adds information to the system I Inquires on information that exists within the system C Changes existing information in the system

Function Keys Function keys are used to access additional forms, functions, or menus. A PC keyboard has 12 function keys and a Dumb Terminal keyboard has 24. The table below lists the most commonly used function keys with the keystroke per type of keyboard.

Dumb Terminal PC Description F1 F1 Field Sensitive Help F3 F3 Exit to Menu F4 F4 Display Detail Area F7 F7 View Error Text F12 F12 Previous Menu/Screen F15 Shift + F3 Sales Order Header F22 Shift + F10 Clear Screen F24 Shift + F12 Display All Function Keys

J.D. Edwards Common Foundations 1-3

Page 13: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc. Tip: To use functions F13-F24 on the PC keyboard, subtract the number 12 from the function number to determine the correct key to press. For example, to use the F22 function, press Shift + F10.

Search Types Search types are used in the Name Search window to narrow the search selection.

Search Type Description C DC customer

CF Branch customer L Location (Exide) V Vendor M Freight carrier

1-4 J.D. Edwards Common Foundations

Page 14: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Warehouse Layout Definitions

Receiving Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 9999Z. The receiving location allows the storage of multiple serial numbers. Physical Location - The area outside specified doors. Purpose - Receiving is the area of the warehouse that pallets of batteries are staged after being unloaded from the truck. Racks Stock Locator coding within the warehouse. An example is 0101A to 8132D. These locations allow for only one serial number to reside in the location at a time. Physical Location - The racks in the warehouse. Examples: Racks 12 to 15 are designated as pre-finished, racks 27 to 32 are for the storage of motorcycle batteries; all others are for storage of basic batteries. Purpose - These locations are for the storage of pallets that have not been opened. Pick Areas Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 5555Z. The batteries are tracked individually, instead of with the serial numbers on the pallets. Physical Location - Lower level of designated racks. Purpose - This location is for pallets of batteries that are awaiting shipment to the customer. Doors Stock Locator coding within the warehouse. An example is 0101Z to 0124Z. These pallets have a bar coded label that includes customer and transportation information. Physical Location - Trailers that are placed in the dock doors to be loaded. Purpose - This location is for pallets of batteries that are being loaded on the trucks. Customer Returns Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 0000Z. The batteries are tracked individually, instead of with the serial numbers on the pallets. Physical Location - To be determined. Purpose - This area is for batteries that have been returned from customers. Boost Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 7777Z. The batteries are tracked individually, instead of with the serial numbers on the pallets. Physical Location - Designated area of the building. There will be conveyor tables to place the batteries on to be charged Purpose - This area is for batteries that need to be charged to meet shipping requirements.

Warehouse Layout Definitions 1-5

Page 15: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Boost In Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 8888Z. The location allows the storage of multiple serial numbers. Physical Location - Designated area of building. Purpose - This is a staging area for batteries that are going into boost. Boost Out Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 7766Z. The location allows the storage of multiple serial numbers. Physical Location - Designated area of building. Purpose - This is a staging area for batteries that are going out of boost into the racks. Fork Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 1111Z. Physical Location - All forklifts used to pick pre-finished product. Purpose - This is a holding area for while batteries are being picked for customers that are pre-finished. Error Location Stock Locator coding within the warehouse is 9988W. Physical Location - None. Purpose - This is a location where serial numbers are moved to be researched.

1-6 Warehouse Layout Definitions

Page 16: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Daily Balancing Shipments and Receipts to the Battery Activity Report

PO Receipts (OF) View the daily total of the packing slips received by vendors after the batteries have been checked in and received in the system. This quantity should match the quantity in the PO Receipt column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, run the Inventory PO Receipts report, option 18 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. Verify what PO’s were received on the day of balancing in question by matching the packing slips to the report, and that the quantities received in the Cardex match the packing slips.

Transfer Receipts (OT, EI) View the daily total of the packing slips received from other EXIDE locations after the batteries have been checked in and received in the system. This quantity should match the quantity in the Transfer Receipts column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, run the Transfer Receipts (Batteries) report, option 4 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. Verify what PO’s were received on the day of balancing in question by matching the packing slips to the report. Also verify that the quantities received in the Cardex match the packing slips.

Transfer Shipments (ST, EO) View the daily total of the BOLs/Manifests for the transfer shipments to other EXIDE locations. This quantity should match the quantity in the Transfer Shipment column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, run the Transfer Orders Shipped report, option 3 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. Verify what transfer shipments were shipped on the day of balancing in question by matching the BOLs/Manifests for the transfer shipments to the report. Subtract any parts from the total (Handles, Acid, etc.). This should now match the B.A.R.

Transfer Returns There are no credit returns for transfers.

Customer Shipments (SG, SZ, SX, SP) View the daily total of the BOLs/Manifests for the Customer shipments. This quantity should match the quantity in the Customer Shipments column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, run the Items/Orders Shipped by Trip report, option 7 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. Subtract any parts from the total (Handles, Acid, etc.). This should now match the B.A.R.

Return Inv./Return Non Inv. (CR, CS, CL, CD, CP) Compare the daily total of the actual delivery exceptions report forms for the Return Inv. & Return Non Inv. columns of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, compare the credits to the RMA Returns report, option 6 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. This report should be run daily to balance all credits processed.

Daily Balancing Shipments and Receipts to the Battery Activity Report 1-7

Page 17: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Blem (Reason Code H) Compare the daily total of the actual Blems, from the conversion reports, to the Blem column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, review the Conversion Blem report, option 16 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. All the Blem conversions for the systems update cycle are included in total Blem conversions. Review the “H” Blem code only when reconciling the inventory for this category of Blem batteries.

Blem Salvage (Reason Code P) Compare the daily total of the actual Blems, from the conversion reports, to the Blem column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, review the Conversion Blem report, option 16 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. All the Blem conversions for the systems update cycle are included in total Blem conversions. Review the “P” Blem code only when reconciling the inventory for this category of Blem batteries.

Note: The Blem total is the net of batteries converted for the day.

Junk (Reason Codes E&J) Compare the daily total of the actual junks from the conversion reports to the Junk column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, review the Conversion Junk report, option 15 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. All the junk conversions for the system update cycle are included in total junk conversions. Review the “E&J” junk codes only when reconciling the inventory for this category of junk batteries.

Note: The Junk total is the net of all batteries converted for the day.

Junk (Reason Code K Compare the daily total of the actual junks from the conversion reports to the Junk column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, review the Conversion Junk report, option 15 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. All the junk conversions for the system update cycle are included in total junk conversions. Review the “K” junk codes only when reconciling the inventory for this category of junk batteries.

Customer Returns to Junk Compare the daily totals of Junks from the Junk tickets, CI line types on Damages entered as junk (8900007), CI line types on Rotations entered as junk (8900007) & CI line types on Stocklifts entered as junk (8900007).

Customer Returns to Blem Compare the daily total of CI line types on Damages entered as Blem (8910460), CI line types on Rotations entered as Blem (8910460) and CI line types on stocklifts entered as Blem (8910460).

1-8 Daily Balancing Shipments and Receipts to the Battery Activity Report

Page 18: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Customer Returns Non Inventory Not yet determined.

IN31/IN34 Compare the daily total of CC battery adjustments to the IN31/IN34 column of the B.A.R. If the totals do not match, review the CC Cycle Count Conversion report, option 17 on the Reconciliation Report Menu. IN29/IN99 Compare the daily total of JW (Junk weight) conversions minus the shipments of junk weight

JDE Reports for Reconciling • Battery Activity Report • Inventory PO Receipts Report • Transfer Receipt (Batteries) Report • Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report • Transfer Orders Shipped Report • RMA Returns Report • Conversion (Blem) Report • Conversion (Junk) Report • N Conversion (Type to Type) Report • CC Conversion (Cycle Count) Report

AS 400 “Battery Activity Report” Explanation of Column Headings • Beginning Balance-the total beginning inventory balance for each day. • PO Receipt-the total purchased batteries ADDED to battery inventory each day. • Transfer Receipts-the total incoming shipments from an EXIDE facility ADDED to battery

inventory each day. • Transfer Shipment - the total incoming shipments from an EXIDE facility SUBTRACTED

from battery inventory each day. • Customer Shipments-the total outgoing shipments to customers SUBTRACTED from battery

inventory each day. • RMA-the total “return material authorizations” ADDED to battery inventory each day. • Net Shipments-total customer shipments minus (-) total RMAs each day. • Inventory Conversion Blem (Adjustments)-the total batteries converted to Blem

SUBTRACTED from inventory each day. Note: Salvaged batteries from Blem are ADDED to the Blem inventory.

• Inventory Conversion Junk (Adjustments)-the total battery converted to junk SUBTRACTED from inventory each day.

Note: Salvaged batteries from junk are ADDED to Blem inventory.

• Balance-Beginning Balance + PO Receipts + IPI (transfer) Receipts - IPI (transfer) Shipment - Customer Shipments + RMA - Blem - Junk for each day.

Note: Salvaged batteries (+ Blem + junk) add to the inventory balance.

Daily Balancing Shipments and Receipts to the Battery Activity Report 1-9

Page 19: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

• Return Inventory-the total batteries from customer shortages and customer refused delivery exceptions.

• Return non-Inventory-the total batteries from CN (credit line that does not effect inventory) lines on customer damage, rotations, and stocklift delivery exceptions.

• Other IN31/IN34-the total batteries of CC (cycle count) adjustments. • Other IN29/IN99-the total net of JW (junk weight) conversions minus shipments of junk

weight.

Adjustment Codes • Blem Code “H” is used to remove batteries from inventory and ADD them to the inventory

as “seconds”. • Blem Salvage Code “P” is used to salvage batteries from Blems (seconds) and ADD them to

the battery inventory. • Junk Code “E” is used to remove batteries from inventory and ADD them to junk inventory,

then charge them to the DC account. • Junk Code “J” is used to remove batteries from inventory and ADD them to junk inventory,

then charge them to the corporate account. • Junk Salvage Code “K” is used to salvage batteries from junk (scrap), and ADDS them to

battery inventory. • Conversion Codes “N” is used to convert batteries from one item to another item. These

battery conversions are charged to the DC account. • Other Conversion “WR” (Receipt of Warranty Batteries) is used for the receipt of warranty

batteries to WIP 8900017. • Other Conversion “WF” (WIP From) is used to convert from warranty WIP batteries to Junk

(8900007), Recon (8910021), New Basic or New Finished batteries. • Other Conversion “BF” (Blem From) is used to convert from Blem (8910460) to a Junk

(8900007), New Basic or New Finished battery. • Other Conversion “JF” (Junk From) is used to convert from Junk (all types) to a Recon

(8910021) battery. • Other Conversion “JW” is used to convert from Junk eaches (all types) to Junk LBS

(#10201). • Other Conversion “CC” (Cycle Count) is used to correct inventory when performing cycle

counts.

1-10 Daily Balancing Shipments and Receipts to the Battery Activity Report

Page 20: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

PARC Process

BAF 1. Total up incoming batteries received on a daily basis.

2. Do an inventory adjustment to add part number 8900017 (BAF WIP-work in process) to inventory. You will use the reason code “WR” (WIP Receipt) for this transaction. When checking the Item Ledger Cardex, this transaction will appear as a “DK” doc type.

3. Analyze product and determine disposition.

4. Convert from part number 8900017 to the following part numbers based on product disposition. You will use the reason code “WF” (WIP FROM) for this transaction. When checking the Item Ledger Cardex, this transaction will appear as a “DR” doc type.

From G/L Class To G/L Class 8900017 (BAF WIP) IN24 8900007 (Junk 6 & 12 Volt) IN99 8900017 (BAF WIP) IN24 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24 8900017 (BAF WIP) IN24 New Basic Batteries IN31 8900017 (BAF WIP) IN24 New Finished Batteries IN34

Stocklife/Rotation Processing 1. Enter all delivery exceptions for finished batteries received daily as a line type of “CN” on

an order type of either “CP” or “CL”. On the order just entered, key the last line for the total qty as a Blem “8910460” with a line type of “CI”.

2. Analyze product and determine disposition.

3. Convert from part number 8910460 to the following part numbers based on product disposition. You will use the reason code “BF” (BLEM FROM) for this transaction. When checking the Item Ledger Cardex, this transaction will appear as a “DR” doc type.

From G/L Class To G/L Class 8910460 (BLEM 900) IN29 8900007 (Junk 6 & 12 Volt) IN99 8910460 (BLEM 900) IN29 New Basic Batteries IN31 8910460 (BLEM 900) IN29 New Finished Batteries IN34

PARC Process 1-11

Page 21: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Junk 1. Enter all Junks daily as CJ Doc type based on junk receipt ticket.

2. Analyze product and determine if any Junks are recoverable.

3. If recoverable, convert from the following numbers to the following part numbers based on product disposition. You will use the reason code “JF” (JUNK FROM) for this transaction. When checking the Item Ledger Cardex, this transaction will appear as a “DR” doc type.

From G/L Class To G/L Class 8900007 (Junk 6 & 12 Volt) IN99 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24 8900008 (Junk Hvy Duty) IN99 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24 8900009 (Junk Dual Terminal)

IN99 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24

8900010 (Junk 4D & 8D) IN99 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24 8900011 (Junk Gdn Tractor) IN99 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24 8900012 (Junk Motorcycle) IN99 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24 8900013 (WW Bucket) IN99 Not recoverable no

conversion required

8900014 (Junk Forklift) IN99 8910021 (Recond 12) IN24 8900016 (WW Barrel) IN99 Not recoverable no

conversion required

Junk Conversions 1. Junk conversions will be done just prior to smelter shipment.

2. Convert from eaches to pounds on junk shipments to smelter. You will use the reason code “JW” (JUNK WEIGHT) for this transaction. When checking the Item Ledger Cardex, this transaction will appear as a “DR” doc type.

From G/L Class To G/L Class 8900007 (Junk 6 & 12 Volt) IN99 10201 (Scrap Junks Wet) IN99 8900008 (Junk Hvy Duty) IN99 10201 (Scrap Junks Wet) IN99 8900009 (Junk Dual Terminal)

IN99 10201 (Scrap Junks Wet) IN99

8900010 (Junk 4D & 8D) IN99 10201 (Scrap Junks Wet) IN99 8900011 (Junk Gdn Tractor) IN99 10201 (Scrap Junks Wet) IN99 8900012 (Junk Motorcycle) IN99 10201 (Scrap Junks Wet) IN99 8900014 (Junk Forklift) IN99 10201 (Scrap Junks Wet) IN99 8900013 (WW Bucket) IN99 10404 (Wheel Weights) IN99 8900016 (WW Barrel) IN99 10404 (Wheel Weights) IN99

Note: When looking up 10201 in the Item Ledger Cardex you will have to key “#10201” or SCRAP JUNKS WET” on the item line. When looking up 10201 in the Locator you will have to key “10201” for the item # in the Value column and change the 3rd item # “MFAITM” in the Field column to “MFLITM.”

1-12 PARC Process

Page 22: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

IBC Junk Battery Pickups 1. Enter all IBC Junk battery pick ups by weight using item number 10207. First look up the

existing weight for item number 10207 in the Item Ledger Cardex. Then take that weight plus the new weight coming in to use for the adjustment. You will use the reason code “CC” for this adjustment transaction, keying in the total combined weight.

2. Then ship the item number 10207 by weight on the appropriate doc type for the smelter load.

Shipments

From To Doc Type G/L Class PARC Orders to Exide Non-JDE Smelters EO IN99 PARC Shipments Smelters SI IN99 PARC JDE DC ST IN24, 29, 31, 34 PARC Customer SG IN24, 29, 31, 34 PARC Customer SZ IN24, 29, 31, 34 PARC Employee SX IN24, 29, 31, 34 PARC Casual SX IN24, 29, 31, 34

Credits

From To Rtrn Rsn Doc Type G/L LT G/L LT Customer PARC Junks CJ IN99 CI Customer PARC Stocklifts CL IN34 CN IN29 CI Customer PARC Rotations CP IN34 CN IN29 CI

Transfer Receipts

From To Doc Type G/L Class JDE PARC OT IN29, 99

PARC Process 1-13

Page 23: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

1-14 PARC Process

Page 24: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Sales Order Entry Module

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Introduction While the majority of customer sales orders are placed at Exide’s corporate headquarters, you may need to process a last minute customer order at the distribution center.

Procedure To enter a customer order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 2-1

Page 25: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

2-2 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 26: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 2-3

Page 27: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Orders Menu, on the command line and press Enter. The Customer Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

7. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Order, on the command line and press Enter. The

Customer Sales Orders SG screen appears.

2-4 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 28: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the ship to number:

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship

To field. Skip to Step 11.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

9. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The

available customer locations appear.

10. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (Option) field.

11. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

12. Tab to the Requested field, and enter the customer’s requested delivery date.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 2-5

Page 29: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Tab to the Customer PO field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

IF the customer is… THEN enter the… Not Toyota USA or Mercedes, Dept. 592,

Customer’s purchase order number in the Reference field.

Toyota USA, Dock code, manifest, and card number without any separators.

Mercedes, Dept. 592, Release number.

Note: Any alpha characters contained in the purchase order number must be uppercase.

14. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter an alternate customer

number, if necessary:

IF the customer sales order is… THEN enter… Not EDI manually entered, An alternate customer number of Future III

shipper number, if applicable.

EDI manually entered and pertains to Volvo and Mack,

The “Ordno” for Volvo, or the “Req. #” for Mack, not the PO#.

2-6 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 30: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate item number preceded by a decimal.

16. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries.

17. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes, then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 2-7

Page 31: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

18. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

19. Press N in the prompt to NOT accept the order, then press Enter.

2-8 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 32: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

20. Press F15, and the Order Heading Information screen appears.

21. Tab to the Ordered By field, and enter the customer name.

22. Press Enter twice, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

23. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. You have now entered a customer sales order.

24. Continue to enter orders or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 2-9

Page 33: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2-10 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 34: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO)

Introduction Currently the Exide locations are in the process of being converted to JD Edwards systems. Shipments to non-JDE Exide locations are to be done on “EO” document types.

Procedure To enter a complimentary sale, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Orders to Exide Non JDE EO, on the command line.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO) 2-11

Page 35: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Orders to Exide Non JDE EO screen appears.

6. Tab to the Ship To field, and press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

2-12 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO)

Page 36: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Type Exide and the non-JDE location name in the Alpha Name field.

Note: For the purpose of this example, we typed Exide Reading.

8. Tab to the Search Type field, and type an L.

9. Press Enter, and a list of non-JDE location name(s) appears.

10. Tab to the desired location, and type 4 (Select) in the O (Option) field.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO) 2-13

Page 37: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

12. Tab to the Requested field, and enter the date of the requested delivery.

13. Press Enter to accept the data.

2-14 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO)

Page 38: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Press Enter. The Sales Order Entry screen appears.

15. Tab to Item field, and enter the battery type, finished battery number (90#), or part number.

16. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries.

17. Press Enter. The message “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” appears.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO) 2-15

Page 39: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

18. Enter Y to accept the order, and then press Enter.

19. Continue to enter orders or press F3 to exit.

2-16 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non JDE (EO)

Page 40: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP

Introduction A complimentary sale is the purchase of a product by someone in the sales department.

Procedure To enter a complimentary sale, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Complimentary Sales SP, on the command line.

How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP 2-17

Page 41: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. A reminder message appears identifying the tasks to complete.

6. Press F6. The Complimentary Sales SP screen appears.

2-18 How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP

Page 42: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the Sold To field and type the address number of the Atlanta office, 2012.

8. Tab to the Ship To field, and enter the customer number from the address book, or type 2012 for a customer not in the address book.

9. Tab to the Requested field, and enter the customer’s requested delivery date.

10. Tab to the Customer PO field, and enter the G/L account number to be charged for the complimentary order.

11. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter an alternate customer number, if necessary:

IF the customer sales order is… THEN enter… Not EDI manually entered, An alternate customer number of Future III

shipper number, if applicable.

EDI manually entered and pertains to Volvo and Mack,

The “Ordno” for Volvo, or the “Req. #” for Mack, not the PO#.

12. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate item number preceded by a decimal.

13. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries.

14. Tab to the Unit Price field, and type 0.00.

15. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

16. Enter N in the prompt to NOT accept the order, then press Enter.

How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP 2-19

Page 43: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Press F15, and the Order Heading Information screen appears.

18. Tab to the Ordered By field, and enter the salesman’s name. Press Enter to accept the order.

19. Press F17 to enter a ship to address that does not exist in the address book. The Order Address Information screen appears.

20. Press F8 to toggle between the Sold To and Ship To address information screens.

21. Type the ship to address in the address fields and press Enter.

22. Press F3 twice, and then press Enter. The Complimentary Sales screen appears displaying the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt.

23. Type Y at the prompt to accept the order, and then press Enter.

2-20 How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP

Page 44: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24. Continue to enter complimentary sales or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP 2-21

Page 45: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2-22 How to Enter a Complimentary Sales SP

Page 46: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Transfer Order to JDE DC ST/OT

Introduction A transfer is an interplant inventory transfer of stock between Exide facilities. The transfer order is entered either as a finished battery order or a basic battery order. In some instances, the unit price of the transfer order may need to be entered due to a promotion. This is a transfer from one JD Edwards location to another JD Edwards location.

Procedure To enter a transfer order to JDE DC ST/OT, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT, on the command line.

How to Enter a Transfer Order to JDE DC ST/OT 2-23

Page 47: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT screen appears.

2-24 How to Enter a Transfer Order to JDE DC ST/OT

Page 48: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Perform the following steps:

IF you want to… THEN… Make a change, 1. Enter I in the Action Code field.

2. Enter the order number in the S/O No field.

3. Press Enter.

4. Make the necessary changes.

5. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

Delete a line, 1. Enter I in the Action Code field.

2. Enter the order number in the S/O No field.

3. Press Enter.

4. Enter a 9 in the O (Option) column by the order to be deleted.

5. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

Add a transfer order, 1. Tab to the Ship Frm Brn field, and enter the branch/plant shipping the order.

2. Tab to the Ship To Brn field, and enter the branch/plant receiving the order.

3. Tab to the Item Number field, and enter the item(s) being transferred.

4. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of batteries being transferred.

5. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

How to Enter a Transfer Order to JDE DC ST/OT 2-25

Page 49: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, and then press Enter.

8. Continue to enter transfer orders or press F3 to exit.

2-26 How to Enter a Transfer Order to JDE DC ST/OT

Page 50: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS

Introduction Occasionally, batteries are requested to be sent to Atlanta for testing purposes.

Procedure To enter an order to test batteries, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Test Batteries on the command line.

How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS 2-27

Page 51: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Test Batteries TS screen appears.

6. Tab to the Sold To field and type the address number of the Atlanta office, 2012.

7. Tab to the Ship To field and type 2012.

8. Tab to the Requested field, and enter the date of the test request.

2-28 How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS

Page 52: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Customer PO field, and enter the G/L account number to be charged.

10. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter an alternate customer

number, if necessary:

IF the customer sales order is… THEN enter… Not EDI manually entered, An alternate customer number of Future III

shipper number, if applicable.

EDI manually entered and pertains to Volvo and Mack,

The “Ordno” for Volvo, or the “Req. #” for Mack, not the PO#.

11. Tab to Item field, and enter the appropriate item number preceded by a decimal.

12. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries.

13. Tab to the Unit Price field, and type in 0.00.

How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS 2-29

Page 53: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

15. Enter N in the prompt to NOT accept the order, then press Enter.

16. Press F15, and the Order Heading Information screen appears.

2-30 How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS

Page 54: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Tab to the Ordered By field, and enter the name of the person requesting the battery test.

18. Press Enter twice, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

19. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. You have now entered an order to test for batteries.

20. Continue to enter orders or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS 2-31

Page 55: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2-32 How to Enter an Order for Test Batteries TS

Page 56: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Assign a Pick Number

Introduction After entering an order, you must then assign a pick number.

Procedure To assign a pick number, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Assign Pick Number on the command line.

How to Assign a Pick Number 2-33

Page 57: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Assign Pick Number screen appears.

6. Tab to the Order Number row, and enter the appropriate value from the following table in

the Value column:

TO assign a pick number to… THEN type…

A single order, *VALUE in the Value column. Press Enter twice, and the Values for: Order Number screen appears. Enter the order number(s) to be assigned a pick number.

All orders, *ALL in the Value column. Press Enter. The Values for: Order Type screen appears.

2-34 How to Assign a Pick Number

Page 58: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter, and the message “Assign Pick Number submitted to batch” appears.

8. Continue assigning pick numbers or press F12 to exit.

How to Assign a Pick Number 2-35

Page 59: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2-36 How to Assign a Pick Number

Page 60: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Assign Pick Numbers for Backorders

Introduction For various reasons, a customer’s order may need to be placed on backorder. The customer is set up and allows for items to be backordered. As soon as the product is available, the orders will be released from a backorder status to begin processing. Backorders released in batch will release all backorders for all customers.

Procedure To assign pick numbers for backorders, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Assign Pick Numbers for B/O’s on the command line.

How to Assign Pick Numbers for Backorders 2-37

Page 61: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Assign Pick Number for B/O’s screen appears.

6. Tab to the Order Number row, and enter the appropriate value from the chart below in the

Value column.

TO release… THEN type…

A single backorder, *VALUE in the Value column. Press Enter twice, and the Values for: Order Number screen appears. Enter the order number(s) to be assigned a pick number.

All backorders, *ALL in the Value column. Press Enter.

2-38 How to Assign Pick Numbers for Backorders

Page 62: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The message “Assign Pick Number for B/O’s submitted to batch” appears. You have now assigned a pick number for backorders.

8. Press F6 to continue assigning pick numbers for backorders.

How to Assign Pick Numbers for Backorders 2-39

Page 63: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2-40 How to Assign Pick Numbers for Backorders

Page 64: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Create a Backorder in Advance (Split Loads)

Introduction In the event that the quantity of items requested cannot be shipped in one shipment, a backorder will need to be created so that some or all of the items are not cancelled.

Procedure To create a backorder in advance (split loads), perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Create Back Orders on the command line.

How to Create a Backorder in Advance (Split Loads) 2-41

Page 65: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Create Back Orders screen appears.

6. Enter the order number for the shipment to be backordered in the Order# field.

7. Press Enter.

2-42 How to Create a Backorder in Advance (Split Loads)

Page 66: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the Sel (Select) field of the order that you would like to backorder. Type 1 and press Enter. All lines of the order now appear on the screen.

How to Create a Backorder in Advance (Split Loads) 2-43

Page 67: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Qty Backorder field for the item to be backordered. Enter the number of items to be backordered, and then press F6 to update the order. The Create Back Orders screen reappears.

10. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 if you want to backorder further items in the order.

Note: If you continue to backorder additional items, the Qty to Pick and Total to Pick fields update to reflect the current number of items.

11. Press F3 to exit.

2-44 How to Create a Backorder in Advance (Split Loads)

Page 68: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Release a Backorder Batch

Introduction For various reasons, a customer’s order may need to be placed on backorder. The customer is set up and allows for items to be backordered. As soon as the product is available, the orders will be released from a backorder status to begin processing. Backorders released in batch will release all backorders for all customers.

Procedure To release a backorder batch, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 15, Release Backorders - Batch on the command line.

How to Release a Backorder Batch 2-45

Page 69: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Release Backorders - Batch screen appears.

6. Tab to the Order Number row, and enter the appropriate value from the table below in the

Value column.

TO release… THEN type… A single backorder, *VALUE in the Value column.

Press Enter twice, and then enter the order number(s) to be assigned a pick number.

All backorders, *ALL in the Value column. Press Enter.

2-46 How to Release a Backorder Batch

Page 70: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The message “Release Backorders - Batch submitted to batch” appears. You have now released a backorder batch.

8. Type 33 on the command line.

How to Release a Backorder Batch 2-47

Page 71: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter, and the Work with Submitted Jobs screen appears.

10. Verify that the job has a status of OUTQ.

Note: The next logical step is to assign a pick number for backorders (Option 6 on the DC Sales Order Entry menu screen.

11. Press F3 to exit.

2-48 How to Release a Backorder Batch

Page 72: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Temporarily Change a Ship To

Introduction A customer may need to have a particular order shipped to an address that is different from the default address associated with the ship to address number. The address change will not change any Address Book information or change the ship to address for any other orders.

Procedure To temporarily change a ship to address, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Order Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Customer Sales Order Menu appears.

5. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Orders on the command line. Press Enter and the Customer Sales Order SG screen appears.

6. Tab to the Ship To field, and enter the customer ship to number.

7. Tab to the Customer PO field, and enter the customer purchase order number.

How to Temporarily Change a Ship To 2-49

Page 73: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter an alternate customer number, if necessary:

IF the customer sales order is… THEN enter… Not EDI manually entered, An alternate customer number of Future III

shipper number, if applicable.

EDI manually entered and pertains to Volvo and Mack,

The “Ordno” for Volvo, or the “Req. #” for Mack, not the PO#.

9. Tab to the Item field, and enter the item number to be shipped.

10. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of items to be shipped.

11. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

12. Type N in the prompt to NOT accept the order, and then press Enter.

2-50 How to Temporarily Change a Ship To

Page 74: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Press F15 to enter a ship to address that does not exist in the address book. The Order Heading Information screen appears.

14. Press F17 to display the Order Address Information screen.

How to Temporarily Change a Ship To 2-51

Page 75: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press F8 to toggle between the Sold To and Ship To address information screens.

16. Type the ship to address in the address fields and press Enter. You have now temporarily

changed a ship to address.

17. Press F3 to exit.

2-52 How to Temporarily Change a Ship To

Page 76: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Add to an Existing Order

Introduction A customer will often notify Exide that an addition needs to be made to the existing order. The status must be validated before any changes can be made to the order. A line cannot be added by Sales Order Processing if the status of order is beyond 520. It can only be added at the distribution center.

Status Codes The following table contains a list of status codes and their associated descriptions:

Status Code Description

520 Enter Sales Order

540 Print Pick Slips (Assign to Trip)

545 Packing Confirmation (Pick the Order)

560 Shipment Confirmation (Pack the Order)

580 Print Invoices (Order Has Been Ship Verified)

904 B/O In Ship Confirm (Line Backordered)

999 Complete-Ready to Purge (Invoiced)

Procedure To add to an existing order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Order Menu on the command line, then press Enter. The Customer Sales Order Menu screen appears.

How to Add to an Existing Order 2-53

Page 77: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Orders SG on the command line, then press Enter. The Customer Sales Orders SG screen appears.

6. Type I in the Action Code field to inquire about a specific order.

7. Tab to one of the following fields and enter the appropriate information to view the order to be modified:

Field Description

Order Number Enter the customer’s order number.

Ship To Enter the customer’s store number. Press F1 to view a name search for the correct customer and store location

Reference Enter the customer’s purchase order number or Future III shipper number, if no PO number. • For Toyota USA, enter the dock code, manifest and card number

without any separators. • For Mercedes, Dept. 592, enter the release number.

Customer# Enter an alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable. • For EDI manually entered orders pertaining to Volvo and Mack. The

number for Mack is the “Req.#” and for Volvo, the “Ordno”, not the PO#.

2-54 How to Add to an Existing Order

Page 78: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Customer Sales Orders SG screen appears with the customer’s order.

9. Tab to the Item field directly below the populated Item field, and enter the item to be added.

10. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of batteries to be added.

How to Add to an Existing Order 2-55

Page 79: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

12. Enter Y at the prompt to accept the change, then press Enter.

13. Continue to enter order additions or press F3 to exit.

2-56 How to Add to an Existing Order

Page 80: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Cancel Lines on an Existing Order

Introduction A customer will often notify Exide that a cancellation or change needs to be made to the existing order. The status must be validated before any changes can be made to the order.

Procedure To cancel or change lines on an existing order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Order Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Customer Sales Order Menu appears.

5. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Orders SG on the command line, then press Enter. The Customer Sales Orders SG screen appears.

6. Type I in the Action Code field to inquire about a specific order.

7. Tab to one of the following fields and enter the appropriate information to view the order to be modified:

How to Cancel Lines on an Existing Order 2-57

Page 81: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Field Description

Order Number Enter the customer’s order number.

Ship To Enter the customer’s store number. Press F1 to view a name search for the correct customer and store location

Reference Enter the customer’s purchase order number or Future III shipper number, if no PO number. • For Toyota USA, enter the dock code, manifest and card number

without any separators. • For Mercedes, Dept. 592, enter the release number.

Customer# Enter an alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable. • For EDI manually entered orders pertaining to Volvo and Mack.

The number for Mack is the “Req.#” and for Volvo, the “Ordno”, not the PO#.

2-58 How to Cancel Lines on an Existing Order

Page 82: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Customer Sales Orders SG screen appears with the customer’s order.

9. Tab to the row of the line to be cancelled, and type 9 in the O column.

How to Cancel Lines on an Existing Order 2-59

Page 83: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter to cancel the line.

Note: The quantity is now highlighted to indicate that the line has been cancelled.

11. Tab to the Quantity field to change an existing line. Enter the desired modifications and press Enter.

12. To change an existing line type, cancel the existing line by performing Steps 9 and 10. To add the new line, see “How to Add to an Existing Order”.

13. Enter Y at the prompt to accept the change, and then press Enter.

14. Continue to enter changes or press F3 to exit.

2-60 How to Cancel Lines on an Existing Order

Page 84: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Truck Routing Module

How to Route Using Truck Stops

Downloading Orders To download orders from the JD Edwards PC, perform the following steps:

1. Double-click the File Build/Download icon. You will be prompted for the number of days out.

2. Select the number of days out based on the orders due dates. This number will usually be between ten and twelve days.

Note: This allows the PC to log on to JD Edwards and select all orders on the system within the date selected, as long as they have been assigned pick numbers and have not already been assigned to a trip. This process allows the PC to download the orders, after which the file DOWNLOAD.PIK will be created in the C:\TSDATA directory.

3. Copy C:\TSDATA\DOWNLOAD.PIK from the JD Edwards PC to a floppy disk.

4. Copy DOWNLOAD.PIK from the floppy disk to the C:\TSDATA directory of the Truck Stops Application computer.

Routing To route orders, perform the following steps:

1. Route the orders downloaded from JD Edwards using the Truck Stops software.

2. Save the routes in the directory C:\TSDATA\UPLOAD.PRN on the Truck Stops Application computer.

3. Copy C:\TSDATA\UPLOAD.PRN from the Truck Stops Application computer to a floppy disk.

4. Copy the UPLOAD.PRN file to the C:\TSDATA directory of the JD Edwards PC.

Uploading Orders To upload orders from the JD Edwards PC, perform the following step: • Double-click the Upload Route File icon. The upload first inputs the routes into JD

Edwards. It then assigns each route a trip number and assigns each order on the route to a trip. Once all the routes have been uploaded, the TRUCK STOPS TRIP BUILD report automatically prints on the JD Edwards printer.

Truck Stops Trip Build Report This report displays the trips created by the upload. You must view the report for any orders which have not been automatically assigned to a trip. Once all orders have been assigned to a trip, the pick tickets can be printed.

How to Route Using Truck Stops 3-1

Page 85: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3-2 How to Route Using Truck Stops

Page 86: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Manually Route an Order

Introduction An order may need to be manually routed when assigning it to a trip.

Procedure To manually route an order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line.

How to Manually Route an Order 3-3

Page 87: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line.

3-4 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 88: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 2, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line.

How to Manually Route an Order 3-5

Page 89: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Trip Assignment - Trip Build screen appears.

8. Press F6 to assign a new trip number. The Trip Number field displays a trip number

generated by the system.

3-6 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 90: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Trp Seq field and enter the sequence for the trip.

10. Tab to the Pick Number field and enter the pick number.

11. Press Enter to display the pick information.

12. If you know the carrier, trailer, or door information press F8 to display the Trip Master Maintenance screen.

How to Manually Route an Order 3-7

Page 91: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Tab to the Carrier Nbr field. The default entry is the Exide carrier. Press F1 to select a third-party carrier.

14. Tab to the Description field and enter a brief description for the trip, if desired.

15. Tab to the Trailer Number and enter the trailer number on which the batteries will be loaded.

16. Tab to the Door Nbr field and enter the door number from which the trip will be loaded.

17. Tab to the Seal Number field and enter the seal number on the truck, if applicable.

18. Tab to the Driver Name field and enter the name of the truck driver, if desired.

3-8 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 92: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19. Tab to the Scheduled Departure field and enter the date the shipment will leave the distribution center.

20. Press Enter to redisplay the Trip Assignment - Trip Build screen. Once the cursor

reappears in the Trip Nbr field, the information has been accepted.

21. Press F3 to exit.

How to Manually Route an Order 3-9

Page 93: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3-10 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 94: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip (Route)

Introduction Occasionally after a trip has been created, a new pick number may need to be added.

Procedure To manually add a pick number to an existing trip (route), perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip Assignment - Trip Build menu screen appears.

How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip (Route) 3-11

Page 95: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate trip number in the Trip Number field, and press Enter. The trip appears on the screen.

6. Tab to the next available field in the Trp Seq column and enter the sequence number for the

pick to be added.

7. Tab to the Pick Number column and enter the pick number to be added to the trip.

3-12 How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip (Route)

Page 96: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter to accept the pick.

9. Continue to add new pick numbers to the trip or press F3 to exit.

How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip (Route) 3-13

Page 97: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3-14 How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip (Route)

Page 98: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip

Introduction A routed order may need to be manually removed from a trip.

Procedure To manually remove a pick from a trip (route), perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip Assignment - Trip Build menu screen appears.

5. Enter the appropriate trip number in the Trip Number field, and then press Enter. The trip appears on the screen.

6. Enter a 9 in the OP column by the sequence to be removed, and then press Enter. The

sequence is removed from the trip.

7. Remove additional routed orders or press F3 to exit.

How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip 3-15

Page 99: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3-16 How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip

Page 100: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip

Introduction Orders on a trip may need to be manually re-sequenced on a truck prior to shipment.

Procedure To manually re-sequence orders on a trip, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menus menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip Assignment - Trip Build screen appears.

5. Enter the appropriate trip number in the Trip Number field, then press Enter. The trip appears.

How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip 3-17

Page 101: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to Trp Seq column for the first pick number to re-sequence. Enter the new sequence number.

7. Continue to manually re-sequence the orders on a trip. When finished, press Enter to accept the changes.

8. Press F3 to quit.

3-18 How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip

Page 102: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Trip Master Inquiry screen allows you to assign carriers, designated doors, and other data to trips leaving a distribution center.

Procedure To use the Trip Master Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Trip Master Inquiry, on the command line.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen 3-19

Page 103: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Trip Master Inquiry screen appears.

6. Perform one of the following steps:

IF the trip number… THEN… You want to edit or display appears on the screen,

Skip to Step 7.

You want to edit or display is not displayed on the screen,

Enter the desired trip number in the Position To field and press Enter. The Trip Master Inquiry screen appears with the selected trip number at the top of the list.

3-20 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Page 104: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the appropriate OP field (option), and perform one of the following steps:

IF you want to… THEN… Display trip data, Type 5. Press Enter. The Trip Master

Maintenance screen appears displaying the trip data. Skip to Step 10.

Edit trip data, Type 2. Press Enter. The Trip Master Maintenance screen appears displaying the trip data.

8. Change or add information as needed.

Note: Not all fields can be changed.

9. Press Enter. The changes are saved.

10. Press F3 to return to the Trip Master Inquiry screen.

11. Select another trip number for display or editing, or press F3 to return to the DC Routing Menu screen.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen 3-21

Page 105: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3-22 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Page 106: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment – Trip Build Screen

Introduction The Trip Assignment Trip Build screen enables you to inquire on information about trips and print pick tickets to give to the floor for order fulfillment. If non-prefinished customers exist on the trip, a trip run date must be assigned prior to printing the pick tickets.

Procedure To print pick tickets from the Trip Assignment - Trip Build screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip Assignment - Trip Build menu screen appears.

5. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field, then press Enter. The trip information appears.

How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment – Trip Build Screen 3-23

Page 107: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press F5 to print all the pick tickets associated with the trip.

Note: To print a specific pick ticket, tab to the OP field next to the pick number to be printed and type 1. Then press F5 to print the pick ticket.

7. Press F3 to exit.

3-24 How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment – Trip Build Screen

Page 108: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen

Introduction An order may need to be manually routed when assigning it to a trip. The Trip Master Maintenance screen allows you to select a carrier and designate a door, among other functions, for trips leaving a distribution center.

Procedure To use the Trip Master Maintenance screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Trip Master Maintenance, on the command line.

How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen 3-25

Page 109: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Trip Master Maintenance screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Nbr field, then press Enter. The trip information appears.

3-26 How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen

Page 110: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter information in the appropriate fields to prepare the trip. The following fields are required:

Field Description Carrier Nbr Defaults to the Exide carrier but can be changed to a third-

party carrier by pressing F1. Door Nbr Must be entered prior to truck loading. Scheduled Departure Can be utilized to keep track of trips shipping on schedule.

Note: The other fields are not required, although they may help you better track the trip.

8. Press Enter to accept the date.

9. Enter additional trips or press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen 3-27

Page 111: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3-28 How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen

Page 112: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Planning Module

How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling

Introduction Perform pre-finished (PF) production scheduling to replenish inventory for pre-finished customers. This function allows you to enter new scheduling data as well as change existing scheduling data.

Procedure To enter PF production scheduling, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling 4-1

Page 113: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

4-2 How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling

Page 114: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 4, Planning Menus, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling 4-3

Page 115: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, PF Production Scheduling, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The PF Production Scheduling screen appears.

4-4 How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling

Page 116: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Use the first row of fields as “position to” criteria to display production scheduling data. Once the desired data displays, add or change data as necessary.

Note: Depending on the status of the product in the production process, some fields might not be available for changes.

Perform the following steps, if necessary:

IF you want to display… THEN place the cursor in the… Production data for a specific date, Run Date field, and enter the production

date.

Production data for a specific shift or line,

Shift field, and enter the shift number.

Production data for a specific customer department,

Dept field, and enter the customer department number.

9. Press Enter. The PF Production Scheduling screen reappears with the data selected.

10. Tab to the OP field, and enter 9 to delete a line from the production schedule.

11. Tab to the Dep # field, and enter the customer’s department number.

12. Tab to the Customer Type field, and enter the customer’s battery type number.

13. Tab to the Shift/Line field, and enter a shift or line on which the batteries are produced.

14. Tab to the Run Seq field, and enter the order in which the batteries are produced.

15. Tab to the Run Date field, and enter a production date for the batteries.

16. Tab to the Scheduled Quantity field, and enter the number of batteries to produce.

How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling 4-5

Page 117: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Press Enter to save the data.

18. Press F3 to exit the screen.

4-6 How to Enter Pre-Finished Production Scheduling

Page 118: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Change a Trip Run Date

Introduction Once an order is entered on a trip, specify the trip process date. This also establishes the effective dates for the items that print on pick tickets. Procedure To change a trip run date, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Change Trip Run Date, on the command line.

How to Change a Trip Run Date 4-7

Page 119: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Change Trip Run Date screen appears.

6. Enter the desired trip number in the Position To field, if known.

7. Press Enter, and the Change Trip Run Date screen displays the scheduling data for the trip number entered.

8. Tab to the Trip Run Date field, and change the existing date or enter a new date.

9. Press Enter to save your data.

10. Press F3 to exit the screen.

4-8 How to Change a Trip Run Date

Page 120: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Pick Production Scheduling

Introduction This function allows you to schedule routes without a trip number. Procedure To perform pick production scheduling, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Pick Production Schedule, on the command line.

How to Enter Pick Production Scheduling 4-9

Page 121: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Pick Production Scheduling screen appears.

6. Enter the date the items are to be produced in the Run Date field.

7. Tab to the Shift field, and enter the number for the shift in which the batteries are produced.

8. Tab to the Run Sequence field, and enter the order that the batteries are to be produced.

9. Tab to the Pick Number field, and enter the pick number for the order.

10. Tab to the Shft/Line field, and enter the shift or line that produces the batteries.

11. Tab to the Run Seq field, and enter the order in which the batteries are to be produced.

4-10 How to Enter Pick Production Scheduling

Page 122: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Tab to the Run Date field, and enter the date the batteries are to be produced.

13. Press Enter. The data is saved.

14. Press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Pick Production Scheduling 4-11

Page 123: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4-12 How to Enter Pick Production Scheduling

Page 124: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Inquire on PF Production Scheduling

Introduction Use this function to view a listing of pre-finished (PF) production scheduling.

Procedure To inquire on PF production scheduling, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, PF Production Scheduling, on the command line.

How to Inquire on PF Production Scheduling 4-13

Page 125: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The PF Production Scheduling screen appears.

6. Use the first row of fields as “position to” criteria to display production data. Perform the

following steps, if necessary:

IF you want to display… THEN place the cursor in the… Production data for a specific date, Run Date field, and enter the production

date.

Production data for a specific shift or line,

Shift field, and enter the shift number.

Production data for a specific customer department,

Dept field, and enter the customer department number.

7. Press Enter. The selected data appears.

8. Press F3 to exit the screen.

4-14 How to Inquire on PF Production Scheduling

Page 126: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Inquire on a Pick Production Schedule

Introduction This function allows you to schedule routes without a trip number. Procedure To inquire on a pick production schedule, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Pick Production Schedule, on the command line.

How to Inquire on a Pick Production Schedule 4-15

Page 127: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Pick Production Scheduling screen appears.

6. Use the first row of fields as “position to” criteria to display pick production data.

Perform the following steps, if necessary:

IF you want to display… THEN place the cursor in the… Production data for a specific date, Run Date field, and enter the production

date.

Production data for a specific shift or line,

Shift field, and enter the shift number.

Production data for a specific run sequence,

Run Sequence field, and enter the run sequence.

7. Press Enter. The selected data appears.

4-16 How to Inquire on a Pick Production Schedule

Page 128: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Order Fulfillment Module

How to Process Pre-Finished Production

Introduction Batteries must be produced to replenish pre-finished (PF) product in the racks.

Procedure To process PF production, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Process Pre-Finished Production 5-1

Page 129: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

5-2 How to Process Pre-Finished Production

Page 130: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

How to Process Pre-Finished Production 5-3

Page 131: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 1, Pre-Finished Production, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Prefinished Production Line Data Entry screen appears.

5-4 How to Process Pre-Finished Production

Page 132: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Use the first row of fields on the screen for entering “position to” criteria to display production line data. Once the desired data displays, add or change it as necessary.

Note: Depending on the status of the product in the production process, some fields may not be available for changing.

Perform the following steps, if necessary:

IF you want to display… THEN place the cursor in the… Production line data for a particular crew number,

Crew # field, and enter the shift number.

Production line data for a specific date,

Schedule Date field, and enter the production date.

Production line data for a particular shift or line number,

Line/Shift field, and enter the shift number.

Production line data for a customer’s department number,

Dept # field, and enter the customer’s department number.

9. Press Enter. The Prefinished Production Line Data Entry screen appears with the selected data.

10. Tab to the Prod. field, and enter the number of batteries made for each line as needed.

11. Press Enter. The data is saved.

12. Press F3 to exit the screen.

How to Process Pre-Finished Production 5-5

Page 133: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-6 How to Process Pre-Finished Production

Page 134: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries

Introduction A battery is picked and identified as complete after it is finished. On occasion, the picker makes an error and must “unproduce” batteries that were considered finished. Procedure To unproduce pre-finished batteries, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 1, Pre-Finished Production, on the command line, then press Enter. The Prefinished Production Line Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the crew number in the Crew # field.

6. Tab to the Schedule Date field, and enter the schedule date or accept the current date as it appears in this field.

7. Tab to the Line/Shift field, and enter the line/shift number.

8. Tab to the Dept# field, and enter the department.

9. Press Enter. The screen displays customer data.

How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries 5-7

Page 135: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-8 How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 136: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press F5. The Prefinished Production Line Data Entry screen prompts you for a pallet number.

How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries 5-9

Page 137: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter the pallet number in the Pallet Nbr field. The pallet number should be proceeded by an S. For example, if you are using pallet number 554264, enter S554264. The screen displays pallet data such as customer type, quantity, and finished date.

5-10 How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 138: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Verify the pallet data, and press F5 to unproduce. The Prefinished Production Line Data Entry screen appears.

How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries 5-11

Page 139: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Press Enter again to verify that the pallet has been unproduced. If the pallet has been unproduced, the screen displays the message “Pallet Not Found”.

14. Press F3 to exit this screen.

5-12 How to Unproduce Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 140: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Introduction The pre-finished pick function allows you to perform the following tasks:

• Pick pre-finished batteries and place them on a pallet • Temporarily delay the picking process • Move batteries from one location to a picking location • Close the pallet • Close the pick number

Procedure To pick pre-finished batteries, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries 5-13

Page 141: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 8, Pre-Finished Pick screen, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pre-Finished Pick screen appears.

5. Scan or type the pick number in the Pick # field.

5-14 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 142: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The screen prompts you for a pallet number.

7. Perform the following steps to enter a pallet to pick in the Pickup Pallet field, if necessary:

IF you are… THEN… Using an existing pallet, Scan or enter the pallet number. The Pre-

Finished Pick screen displays the pallet number and the Item# and Pick Qty. entry fields appear. Skip to Step 11.

Note: You must type an S before the pallet number if it is manually entered.

Starting a new pallet, Press Enter. The Pre-Finished Pick screen appears and prompts you for an item number and pick quantity.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries 5-15

Page 143: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter or scan the number of the item to pick in the Item# field.

9. Tab to the Pick Qty. field, and scan or enter the quantity of the item to pick.

5-16 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 144: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Pre-Finished Pick screen accepts and displays the pallet number.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries 5-17

Page 145: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Tab to the field located to the left of the 2. Close Pick option, and perform the following steps, as necessary, to continue the picking process:

IF you want to… THEN… Add items to the pallet, • Press Enter.

• Enter the item number and the quantity to pick in the Item# and Pick Qty. fields.

• Press Enter.

• Continue picking items for the pallet or select another action from the current screen.

• Skip to Step 24.

Stop placing batteries on the current pallet and print barcodes,

• Enter 1 (Close Pallet) and press Enter. The pallet is closed.

• Skip to Step 24.

Finish picking the order and print barcodes and the packing slip,

• Enter 2 (Close Pick) and press Enter. One of the following messages will appear:

• “All Picked F10 - Close.” If you are ready to close the picking number, press F10. If you are not ready to close, press F12 to refresh.

• “Not All PKD, F10 - Close.” You have not finished picking all items for the order. If you press F10 to close the pick number, you can take one of the following actions, depending on customer preferences:

• Create a backorder for the unpicked items.

• Cancel the unpicked items from the order.

• Skip to Step 24.

Temporarily delay the picking process for the current pallet,

• Enter 3 (Quit No Close) and press Enter. The Pre-Finished Pick screen displays the Pick # field. Also, a barcode prints so you can label the pallet.

• Enter the pick number you were working with (in the Pick # field) when you return to picking batteries for the pallet.

• Press Enter. The Pre-Finished Pick screen appears.

• Skip to Step 24.

Move batteries from one serialized location (rack) to a picking location (type),

• Enter 4 (Move) and press Enter. The Stock Moves Entry screen appears. Continue to Step 12.

Note: You can enter data in the Item# and/or Pick Qty. fields.

5-18 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 146: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries 5-19

Page 147: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Perform the following steps in the Please Choose field:

IF you want to make a… THEN enter… Regular move, 2 and press Enter. Skip to Step 19.

Computer-directed move, 1 and press Enter. The Stock Moves Entry screen appears with a Type field.

5-20 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 148: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Enter the customer type in the Type field, and press Enter. The Stock Moves Entry screen appears displaying a list of locations for the customer type (item).

14. Enter an option (A through F) for the “from” location in the Select field.

Note: Press F4 to page through the list of locations to select. At the end of the list, press F5 to return to the beginning of the list.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries 5-21

Page 149: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter. The Stock Moves Entry screen appears displaying the serial number, from location, and the customer type.

16. Enter the “to” location in the To Loc field. The system accepts your data and redisplays the

Stock Moves Entry screen.

17. Make another stock move, or press F3 to return to the Stock Moves Entry screen.

18. Skip to Step 24.

5-22 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 150: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19. Enter the customer type in the Type field, and press Enter. The Stock Moves Entry screen appears displaying the From Location and To Location fields.

20. Enter the appropriate data in the From Location field.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries 5-23

Page 151: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

21. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate data. The screen automatically updates and a Serial# field appears.

5-24 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 152: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

22. Scan or enter an appropriate serial number to be moved. The system accepts the move data, and redisplays the Stock Moves Entry screen.

23. Press F3 to display the Stock Moves Entry screen where you can perform another stock

move or select another option.

24. Press F3 to return to the DC Operations Menu screen.

How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries 5-25

Page 153: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-26 How to Pick Pre-Finished Batteries

Page 154: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Pick Verification

Introduction The Pick Verification function allows you to perform several tasks: • Pick verify pre-finished batteries • Pick verify an order for order fulfillment • Drive inventory negative with a dumb terminal when picking an order • Partial-pick an order when there is not enough inventory • Create a new serial number while picking an order • Pack confirm an order Procedure To perform pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line.

How to Perform Pick Verification 5-27

Page 155: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

5-28 How to Perform Pick Verification

Page 156: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

7. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

How to Perform Pick Verification 5-29

Page 157: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the Qty Picked field that corresponds to the appropriate GNB Type field, and enter the quantity of batteries to pick for that type.

9. Press Enter. The quantity on hand (Qty On Hand field) decreases and the quantity picked (Qty Picked field) increases.

10. Press F2 to close the order. A pallet tag prints.

11. Press F3 twice to exit.

5-30 How to Perform Pick Verification

Page 158: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Introduction On occasion, you might want to add batteries to a pallet using the pick verification function.

Procedure To add to a pallet in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 5-31

Page 159: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

6. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

5-32 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 160: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1 beside the order you are adding to.

8. Press F6. The Pallet Inquiry screen appears.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 5-33

Page 161: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Enter 4 in the Sel field next to the pallet number that will receive the batteries.

10. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

11. Tab to the Sel field corresponding to the pick number that will receive the batteries, and enter

1.

5-34 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 162: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 5-35

Page 163: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Tab to the Qty Picked field for the desired customer type, and enter the number of batteries to add.

5-36 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 164: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears with the added batteries in the Qty To Pick field. (See line 4.)

15. Press F2 to close the pallet and print a new barcode.

16. Press F3 to exit the screen.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 5-37

Page 165: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-38 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 166: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Introduction Use this function to “unpick” batteries when an order of batteries is picked incorrectly. Procedure To unpick batteries in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 5-39

Page 167: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

5-40 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 168: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 5-41

Page 169: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1 beside the order you want to unpick.

8. Press F6. The Pallet Inquiry screen appears.

9. Enter 4 in the Sel field next to the pallet number from which you are unpicking batteries.

5-42 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 170: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

11. Tab to the Sel field corresponding to the pick number for which you are unpicking batteries,

and enter 1.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 5-43

Page 171: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

13. Tab to the Qty Picked field for the desired customer type, and enter the number of batteries

to unpick. Remember to enter a minus sign (-) before the number.

5-44 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 172: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears with the unpicked quantity of batteries subtracted from the Qty To Pick field. (See line 4.)

15. Press F2 to close the pallet and print a new barcode.

16. Press F3 to exit the screen.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 5-45

Page 173: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-46 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 174: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Introduction When a user packs an order in pick verification, the pick is closed. The user can no longer “un-pick” pallets. Also, the next status changes to 560 (Ship Confirm) and the packing slip prints.

Procedure To pack an order in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification 5-47

Page 175: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

5. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

5-48 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Page 176: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1 beside the order to be packed.

7. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification 5-49

Page 177: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press F6 to pack the order. A message appears on the Pick Verification Qty Updates screen that prompts you to press F6 again to pack confirm a complete order or, if the order is partially picked, press F15 to pack confirm.

5-50 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Page 178: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. At this time, perform the following step to finish packing the order:

IF… THEN press… All the lines of the order are picked,

F6 again to confirm pack the order.

The order has been partially picked,

F15 to confirm pack a partial pick.

Note: If you accidentally pressed F6 and you do not want to back order, press Enter and then press F3 to exit.

Note: The next status of the order changes from 545 (Pick Confirm) to 560 (Shipment Confirm). The status code appears in the Next Status field.

10. Press F3 twice to exit. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification 5-51

Page 179: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-52 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Page 180: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification

Introduction When a user packs an order in pick verification, the pick is closed. The user can no longer “unpick” pallets. Once the pick is closed, the status changes to 560, and the packing slip prints.

Procedure To print a packing slip in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line.

How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification 5-53

Page 181: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

6. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

5-54 How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification

Page 182: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1 beside the order to be picked.

8. Press F5 to print the packing slip. The packing slip prints on the default printer.

9. Press F3 twice to exit.

How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification 5-55

Page 183: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-56 How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification

Page 184: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Introduction Use this process to reprint a pallet label using pick verification.

Procedure To reprint pallet labels, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification 5-57

Page 185: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

5-58 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Page 186: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

7. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1 in the field that corresponds to the desired pick

number.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification 5-59

Page 187: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press F6. The Pallet Inquiry screen appears.

9. Enter 4 in the Sel field next to the pallet for which you are reprinting the label.

5-60 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Page 188: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears. The pallet number displays in the Pallet Number field.

11. Press F2 to print the pallet label on the default printer.

12. Press F3 twice to exit.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification 5-61

Page 189: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-62 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Page 190: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu

Introduction Use this function to reprint pallet labels when necessary.

Procedure To reprint pallet labels, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu 5-63

Page 191: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

5. Enter option 5, Reprint Pallet Label, on the command line.

5-64 How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu

Page 192: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Print Pallet Label screen appears.

7. Enter the desired pallet number in the Pallet Number field.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu 5-65

Page 193: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The data for the selected pallet number appears.

5-66 How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu

Page 194: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. The Print Pallet Label screen appears displaying the pallet number.

10. Press F3 to exit.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu 5-67

Page 195: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-68 How to Reprint a Pallet Label from the DC Operations Menu

Page 196: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Introduction Perform a pallet adjustment when you need to move batteries from one pallet to another.

Procedure To use picked pallet maintenance, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Picked Pallet Maintenance, on the command line, then press Enter. The Picket Pallet Maintenance screen appears.

4. Enter the pallet number from which the batteries are being moved in the From Pallet Serial

# field.

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance 5-69

Page 197: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Tab to the To Pallet Serial # field, and perform the following steps as necessary:

IF you want to move batteries… THEN… From an existing pallet to a new pallet,

Skip to Step 10.

From one existing pallet to another existing pallet within the same pick,

Enter the pallet number that is receiving the batteries.

5-70 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Page 198: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. Pallet data appears on the Picked Pallet Maintenance screen.

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance 5-71

Page 199: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the quantity (of each customer type) to be moved in the appropriate Quantity field, and press F5. The screen appears with the “Press F5 to Confirm Pallet Move” prompt.

5-72 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Page 200: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press F5 to confirm the pallet move. The quantity in the From Quantity field reflects the change.

9. Skip to Step13.

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance 5-73

Page 201: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. Pallet data appears on the Picked Pallet Maintenance screen.

11. Enter the quantity (of each customer type) to be moved in the corresponding Quantity field,

and press F6. The screen appears with the “Press F6 to Confirm Pallet Move.”

5-74 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Page 202: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press F6. The screen appears with the “Last Serial Number Created” message and identifies the serial number created.

13. Press F3 to exit the Picked Pallet Maintenance screen.

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance 5-75

Page 203: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-76 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Page 204: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use Full Pallet Picking

Introduction Full pallets of batteries must be picked to replenish pre-finished production for a customer’s order. Orders must be for a full pallet or a multiple of a full pallet quantity for the specific type to be picked.

Procedure To pick full pallets of pre-finished batteries, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 9, Full Pallet Picking, on the command line.

How to Use Full Pallet Picking 5-77

Page 205: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Full Pallet Pick screen appears.

5. Scan or enter the pick number in the Pick# field.

5-78 How to Use Full Pallet Picking

Page 206: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Full Pallet Pick screen displays the battery types for the pick number.

7. Enter the select number in the Select field that corresponds to the battery type you want to

pick.

How to Use Full Pallet Picking 5-79

Page 207: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Full Pallet Pick screen prompts you to enter a pallet number.

9. Perform the following steps in the Pallet field to enter a pallet to pick, if necessary:

IF you… THEN… Know the pallet number, Scan or enter the pallet number. Skip to Step

11.

Do not know the pallet number, Press F1 to display a list of pallets for the selected battery type.

5-80 How to Use Full Pallet Picking

Page 208: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Enter the number that corresponds to the location you want to pick in the Select field.

11. Press Enter. The Full Pallet Pick screen displays pallet data.

How to Use Full Pallet Picking 5-81

Page 209: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press Enter to accept the pallet for picking. A new set of labels print for the pallet and trip number.

5-82 How to Use Full Pallet Picking

Page 210: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Scan or enter the door or rail car number in the To Loc field. The Full Pallet Pick screen appears and displays battery types and quantities of batteries remaining.

14. Continue to pick full pallets, or press F3 to exit.

How to Use Full Pallet Picking 5-83

Page 211: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5-84 How to Use Full Pallet Picking

Page 212: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Truck Loading Through Confirm Shipment Module

How to Perform Truck Loading

Introduction When loading an order onto a truck, you must document the trip number, serial number, and door number in order to truck load.

Procedure To load a truck, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Perform Truck Loading 6-1

Page 213: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

6-2 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 214: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 8, Shipping on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

How to Perform Truck Loading 6-3

Page 215: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 1, Truck Loading, on the command line

7. Press Enter. The Truck Loading screen appears.

6-4 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 216: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

9. Press Enter.

How to Perform Truck Loading 6-5

Page 217: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Scan/enter the serial number on the barcode of the pallet to be loaded onto the truck or rail car. The serial number appears in the Serial# field.

Note: You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually. 11. Scan/enter the door number through which the pallet will be loaded. The door number

appears in the Door field.

6-6 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 218: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

After the door number is entered, the screen automatically updates and displays the message “PALLET _____ LOADED TO TRIP.”

12. Continue to load the truck or press F3 to exit.

How to Perform Truck Loading 6-7

Page 219: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6-8 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 220: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Un-Truck Load

Introduction If ever you need to remove a trip from a truck, you must enter the trip number, serial number, and door number into the system.

Procedure To un-truck a load, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 8, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 1, Truck Loading, on the command line.

How to Un-Truck Load 6-9

Page 221: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Truck Loading screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

6-10 How to Un-Truck Load

Page 222: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The trip data appears.

8. Scan/enter the serial number on the barcode of the pallet to be unloaded from the truck or rail

car. The serial number appears in the Serial# field.

Note: You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually.

How to Un-Truck Load 6-11

Page 223: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Scan/enter the door number from which the pallet will be removed. The door number appears in the Door field.

After the door number is entered, the screen automatically updates and displays the message “PALLET _____ REMOVED FROM TRIP.”

10. Continue to unload the truck or press F3 to exit.

6-12 How to Un-Truck Load

Page 224: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents)

Introduction Load completing a trip is the process of printing shipping documents that consist of the Bill of Lading and Manifest for the trip.

Procedure To load complete a trip, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 8, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Load Completion, on the command line.

How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents) 6-13

Page 225: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Load Completion screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field, and press Enter. The trip data appears.

6-14 How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents)

Page 226: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press F7 to print shipping documents. The Load Completion screen displays the message “SHIPPING DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PRINTED.”

8. Continue to load complete or press F3 to exit.

How to Load Complete & Print Shipping Documents 6-15

Page 227: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6-16 How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents)

Page 228: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory)

Introduction Trips must be ship confirmed after they have been load completed in order to relieve inventory and update the order statuses to create the invoices. Ship confirming a trip enables:

• Component inventory to be decreased

• Item Ledger to be updated

• On-hand and availability quantities to be changed on the summary availability

• Stock locator to be updated

Procedure To confirm a trip, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 8, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Confirm Shipment, on the command line.

How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory) 6-17

Page 229: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Confirm Shipment screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

6-18 How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory)

Page 230: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The trip data appears.

8. Press F5 to confirm the shipment. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

9. Continue to confirm shipments or press F3 to exit.

How to Load Complete & Print Shipping Documents 6-19

Page 231: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6-20 How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory)

Page 232: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Reprint Documents

Introduction Reprinting shipping documents enables the printing of the Bill of Lading and Manifest for the trip that has been shipped. Procedure To reprint shipping documents, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 8, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Reprint Documents, on the command line.

How to Reprint Documents 6-21

Page 233: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Shipping screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip# field, then press Enter. The trip selected and subsequent

trip numbers appear.

7. Enter 8 in the OP field next to the documents to be re-printed, then press Enter. The Bill of

Lading and Manifest print to the user’s default printer.

6-22 How to Reprint Documents

Page 234: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Continue to reprint shipping documents or press F3 to exit.

How to Load Complete & Print Shipping Documents 6-23

Page 235: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6-24 How to Reprint Documents

Page 236: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Stock Receiving Module

How to Receive by Serial Number

Introduction Items received into the Exide facility may be received by the serial number to reduce the orders, create proper General Ledger entries, and update on-hand inventory.

Procedure To receive by serial number, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Receive by Serial Number 7-1

Page 237: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

7-2 How to Receive by Serial Number

Page 238: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

How to Receive by Serial Number 7-3

Page 239: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 4, Stock Receiving, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

7-4 How to Receive by Serial Number

Page 240: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter option 1, Receive by Serial, on the command line.

9. Press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

How to Receive by Serial Number 7-5

Page 241: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Scan/enter the serial number in the Serial# field. The data for the serial number appears.

Note: You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually.

7-6 How to Receive by Serial Number

Page 242: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter any corrections to the data, and press Enter. A message appears stating that the serial number was received.

12. Continue to receive by serial number or press F3 to exit.

How to Receive by Serial Number 7-7

Page 243: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7-8 How to Receive by Serial Number

Page 244: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Receive by Purchase Order

Introduction Items purchased by a purchase order must be received into the Exide facility to reduce the number of open purchase orders, create proper General Ledger entries, and update on-hand inventory.

Procedure To receive a purchase-ordered item, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Stock Receiving, on the command line.

How to Receive by Purchase Order 7-9

Page 245: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

6. Enter option 2, Receive by PO, on the command line.

7-10 How to Receive by Purchase Order

Page 246: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

8. Enter the purchase order number in the PO# field.

How to Receive by Purchase Order 7-11

Page 247: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen displays the purchase order data.

7-12 How to Receive by Purchase Order

Page 248: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Enter the quantity of items to receive in the Quantity to Receive field, then press Enter. The suggested label sets and quantities display in the Label Sets and Qty Per fields.

11. Keep the suggested label sets, or change the sets if desired.

Note: This screen appears only when receiving by purchase order for batteries, NOT for parts.

How to Receive by Purchase Order 7-13

Page 249: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press Enter to receive each item on the purchase order. The message “The PO Receipts Entered Have Been Processed” appears. The number received appears in the Quantity Received column.

13. Continue to receive purchase-ordered items or press F3 to exit.

7-14 How to Receive by Purchase Order

Page 250: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Reverse by Serial Number

Introduction Items received into the Exide facility may be reversed by the serial number to reduce the orders, create proper General Ledger entries and update on-hand inventory. Batteries received at the distribution center are automatically assigned a serial number. Thus, to reverse the receipt of batteries, one must reverse by the serial number.

Procedure To reverse by serial number, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Stock Receiving, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter option 6, Reverse by Serial, on the command line.

How to Reverse by Serial Number 7-15

Page 251: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

7. Scan/enter the serial number to be reversed in the Serial# field.

Note: You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually.

7-16 How to Reverse by Serial Number

Page 252: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Upon entering the serial number, the screen automatically updates and displays information from the scanned item.

8. Enter any corrections to the data, and press Enter. A message appears stating that the serial

number was reversed (unreceived).

9. Continue to reverse by serial number or press F3 to exit.

How to Reverse by Serial Number 7-17

Page 253: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7-18 How to Reverse by Serial Number

Page 254: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Unreceive by Purchase Order

Introduction Parts purchased by a purchase order must be received into the Exide facility to reduce the number of open purchase orders, create proper General Ledger entries, and update on-hand inventory; however, occasionally, a mistake may have been made with the receiving of the part. The purchase order receipt will need to be reversed.

Note: This procedure is only for parts.

Procedure To unreceive by purchase order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Stock Receiving, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter option 2, Receive by PO, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

How to Unreceive by Purchase Order 7-19

Page 255: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter the purchase order number in the PO# field, then press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen displays the purchase order data.

7. Enter the quantity to be reversed, as a negative number, in the Quantity to Receive column.

7-20 How to Unreceive by Purchase Order

Page 256: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The message “The PO Receipts Entered Have Been Processed” appears, and the Quantity Received field reflects the number reversed.

9. Continue to reverse by purchase order number or press F3 to exit.

How to Unreceive by Purchase Order 7-21

Page 257: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7-22 How to Unreceive by Purchase Order

Page 258: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use Directed Receipt

Introduction The Directed Receipt function is used at locations where the battery types are coded as a fast mover, somewhat fast mover, slow mover, or a slower mover. When a pallet is scanned upon arrival, the system receives the pallet and suggests an empty space within the racks, dependent on how the battery type is coded.

Procedure To reverse a purchase order for parts, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Stock Receiving, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

How to Use Directed Receipt 7-23

Page 259: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 3, Directed Receipt, on the command line, then press Enter. Anew screen appears, displaying the Serial# field.

6. Enter the serial number in the Serial# field. The screen automatically updates and displays

the battery data including a suggested location to put the pallet.

Note: You must type S before the serial number if entering it manually.

7-24 How to Use Directed Receipt

Page 260: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Verify the information and make any necessary changes.

8. Scan the location where the pallet will be placed. The Verify field will be populated.

9. The screen automatically updates and the message “XXXXXX RECEIVED” appears at the bottom of the screen.

10. Press F3 to exit.

How to Use Directed Receipt 7-25

Page 261: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7-26 How to Use Directed Receipt

Page 262: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Stock Adjustments Module

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Introduction A Type-to-Type stock adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to another battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a type-to-type adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 8-1

Page 263: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

8-2 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 264: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 8-3

Page 265: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

8-4 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 266: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter N in the Reason Code field.

9. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 8-5

Page 267: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

11. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

8-6 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 268: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

14. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

15. Press Enter.

16. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 8-7

Page 269: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8-8 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 270: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Introduction An Inventory to Corporate Junk stock adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to a Junk battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a corporate junk adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J) 8-9

Page 271: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter J in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-10 How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Page 272: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J) 8-11

Page 273: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

8-12 How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Page 274: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J) 8-13

Page 275: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8-14 How to Perform an Inventory to Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Page 276: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)

Introduction An Inventory to Corporate Junk stock adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to a Junk battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform an inventory to junk adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E) 8-15

Page 277: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter E in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-16 How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)

Page 278: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E) 8-17

Page 279: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

8-18 How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)

Page 280: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)

Introduction A recovery from Junk stock adjustment is the process of converting from a junk battery type to another battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a recovery from junk stock adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K) 8-19

Page 281: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter K in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-20 How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)

Page 282: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K) 8-21

Page 283: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

8-22 How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)

Page 284: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H)

Introduction An Inventory to Blem stock adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to a Blem battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform an inventory to blem adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H) 8-23

Page 285: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter H in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-24 How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H)

Page 286: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H) 8-25

Page 287: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and enter the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

8-26 How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H)

Page 288: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Recover from Blem Adjustment (P)

Introduction A recovery from Blem stock adjustment is the process of converting from a Blem battery type to another battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a recovery from a Blem adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Recover from Blem Adjustment (P) 8-27

Page 289: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter P in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-28 How to Perform a Recover from Blem Adjustment (P)

Page 290: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform a Recover from Blem Adjustment (P) 8-29

Page 291: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

8-30 How to Perform a Recover from Blem Adjustment (P)

Page 292: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC)

Introduction A Cycle Count (CC) stock adjustment is the process of adjusting the on hand quantity of a battery type in a location within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a cycle count stock adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC) 8-31

Page 293: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter CC in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-32 How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC)

Page 294: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the Type field.

8. Tab to the Loc field and enter the location.

How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC) 8-33

Page 295: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the New Balance field and enter the number of the on hand batteries in the location.

10. Press Enter.

11. Press F3 to exit.

8-34 How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC)

Page 296: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR)

Introduction A receipt of Warranty Batteries stock adjustment is the process of receiving warranty batteries into a facility.

Procedure To perform a receipt of warranty adjustments, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR) 8-35

Page 297: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter WR in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Leave the default type (8900017) in the To Type field.

8. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

8-36 How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR)

Page 298: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust, then press Enter.

10. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR) 8-37

Page 299: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8-38 How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR)

Page 300: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)

Introduction An adjustment from Warranty Batteries (WIP) stock adjustment is the process of converting WIP (work in process) batteries to another battery type in a facility.

Procedure To perform a conversion from WIP adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF) 8-39

Page 301: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter WF in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Leave the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

8-40 How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)

Page 302: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF) 8-41

Page 303: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

8-42 How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)

Page 304: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF)

Introduction A Blem Batteries stock adjustment is the process of converting Blem batteries to another type in a facility.

Procedure To perform a conversion from Blem, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF) 8-43

Page 305: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter BF in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-44 How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF)

Page 306: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter 8910460 in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF) 8-45

Page 307: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting, then

press Enter.

12. Press F3 to exit.

8-46 How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF)

Page 308: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)

Introduction A conversion from junk adjustment is the process of converting a junk battery type to another battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a conversion from junk adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF) 8-47

Page 309: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter JF in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-48 How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)

Page 310: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF) 8-49

Page 311: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

8-50 How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)

Page 312: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW)

Introduction This adjustment converts a junk battery shipment to a smelter.

Procedure To perform a conversion of junk EAs to LBs, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW) 8-51

Page 313: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter JW in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

8-52 How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW)

Page 314: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current junk each type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW) 8-53

Page 315: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

8-54 How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW)

Page 316: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Stock Moves Module

How to Perform a Computer Directed Move

Introduction A computer directed move is the process of moving serialized batteries from one location to another location using the system to locate the batteries.

Procedure To perform a computer directed move, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Perform a Computer Directed Move 9-1

Page 317: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

9-2 How to Perform a Computer Directed Move

Page 318: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

How to Perform a Computer Directed Move 9-3

Page 319: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Stock Moves, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

9-4 How to Perform a Computer Directed Move

Page 320: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter 1, Computer Directed Move, on the command line.

9. Press Enter. A new screen appears, displaying the Type field.

How to Perform a Computer Directed Move 9-5

Page 321: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Enter the battery type in the Type field.

11. Press Enter. A list displaying the various pallets appears.

9-6 How to Perform a Computer Directed Move

Page 322: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Select the pallet to move by typing its letter in the Select field, then press Enter. The serial number for the pallet appears.

13. Enter the appropriate location to move the pallet in the To Loc field.

• If the To Location is not in use, the screen will change back to the original stock move screen.

How to Perform a Computer Directed Move 9-7

Page 323: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

• If the To Location IS in use, a message of “LOC IN USE, F2=ACCPT” appears. Press F2 to accept. The original stock move screen reappears.

14. Continue to perform computer-directed moves or press F3 to exit.

9-8 How to Perform a Computer Directed Move

Page 324: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Rack to the Picking Area

Introduction A regular rack to picking area move is the process of moving serialized batteries from one location to a non-serialized location by scanning.

Move variations Within a warehouse, there are different types of serialized stock moves performed. The type of stock move is based on the location.

Type Location Serial-to-Multiple Pallets from a high-density location to a non-rack storage location Serial-to-Serial Pallets from a high density location to another high density

location Serial-to-Type Pallets from a high density location to a high density picking area Multiple-to-Serial Pallets from a non-rack storage location to a high-density area Multiple-to-Multiple Pallets from a non-rack storage location to another non-rack

storage location Multiple-to-Type Pallets from the non-rack storage location to the picking area

Procedure To perform a stock move from a rack to the picking area, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Stock Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry menu screen appears.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Rack to the Picking Area 9-9

Page 325: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 2, Regular Move, on the command line.

6. Press Enter. A screen appears, displaying the From Location and To Location fields.

9-10 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Rack to the Picking Area

Page 326: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the appropriate data in the From Location field.

• Depending on how the From Location field is set in the “Default Location Maintenance,” the program will work in one of three ways:

• 00=No restrictions or validation of pallet move from location • 01=From location is invalid, but F2 accepts the move • 02=Prohibits pallet moves from an invalid from location

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Rack to the Picking Area 9-11

Page 327: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate data. The screen automatically updates and a Serial# field appears.

9. Scan/enter the serial number to be moved. The screen automatically refreshes, displaying the Stock Movement Data Entry screen with the From Location and To Location fields. The move is accepted so that the batteries are no longer associated with the serial number.

• If entering the serial number manually, type an S before the number.

10. Continue to perform stock moves or press F3 to exit.

9-12 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Rack to the Picking Area

Page 328: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Multiple Storage Location to a Rack Location

Introduction A stock move from a multiple storage location to a rack is the process of moving serialized batteries from a multiple location (multiple serialized pallets), to a single serialized location by scanning.

Move variations Within a warehouse, there are different types of serialized stock moves performed. The type of stock move is based on the location.

Type Location Serial-to-Multiple Pallets from a high density location to a non-rack storage location Serial-to-Serial Pallets from a high density location to another high density

location Serial-to-Type Pallets from a high density location to a high density picking area Multiple-to-Serial Pallets from a non-rack storage location to a high-density area Multiple-to-Multiple Pallets from a non-rack storage location to another non-rack

storage location Multiple-to-Type Pallets from the non-rack storage location to the picking area

Procedure To perform a stock move from a multiple storage location to a rack, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Stock Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry menu screen appears.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Multiple Storage Location to a Rack Location 9-13

Page 329: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 2, Regular Move, on the command line, then press Enter. A screen appears, displaying the From Location and To Location fields.

6. Enter the appropriate data in the From Location field.

• Depending on how the From Location field is set in the “Default Location Maintenance,” the program will work in one of three ways:

• 00=No restrictions or validation of pallet move from location • 01=From location is invalid, but F2 accepts the move • 02=Prohibits pallet moves from an invalid from location

7. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate data. The screen automatically updates and a Serial# field appears.

8. Scan/enter the serial number to be moved. The screen automatically refreshes, displaying the Stock Movement Data Entry screen with the From Location and To Location fields. The move is accepted.

• If entering the serial number manually, type an S before the number.

• If the To Location is not in use, the screen will change back to the original stock move screen. If the To Location IS in use, a message of “Loc in Use, F2-Accpt” appears. Press F2 to accept, F12 for the previous screen, or F3 to exit.

9. Continue to perform stock moves or press F3 to exit.

9-14 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Multiple Storage Location to a Rack Location

Page 330: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Type Location to a Multiple Storage Location

Introduction A stock move from a type location to a multiple storage location is the process of moving non-serialized batteries (eaches), from a type location, to a multiple storage (multiple serialized pallets) location.

Move variations Within a warehouse, there are different types of serialized stock moves performed. The type of stock move is based on the location.

Type Location Serial-to-Multiple Pallets from a high-density location to a non-rack storage location Serial-to-Serial Pallets from a high density location to another high density

location Serial-to-Type Pallets from a high density location to a high density picking area Multiple-to-Serial Pallets from a non-rack storage location to a high-density area Multiple-to-Multiple Pallets from a non-rack storage location to another non-rack

storage location Multiple-to-Type Pallets from the non-rack storage location to the picking area

Procedure To perform a stock move from a type location to a multiple storage location, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Stock Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry menu screen appears.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Type Location to a Multiple Storage Location 9-15

Page 331: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 2, Regular Move, on the line, then press Enter. The screen refreshes and displays the From Location and To Location fields.

6. Enter the appropriate information in the From Location field.

• Depending on how the From Location field is set in the “Default Location Maintenance,” the program will work in one of three ways:

• 00=No restrictions or validation of pallet move from location • 01=From location is invalid, but F2 accepts the move • 02=Prohibits pallet moves from an invalid from location

9-16 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Type Location to a Multiple Storage Location

Page 332: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate information. The screen automatically refreshes, displaying a new screen.

8. Enter/scan the battery type to be moved in the Type field.

9. Tab to the Qty field, and enter the quantity of batteries.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Type Location to a Multiple Storage Location 9-17

Page 333: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Field exit from the Qty field.

11. Press Enter. The data is accepted.

12. Press Enter. The number of label sets option appears.

13. Keep the suggested label sets, or change the sets if desired.

14. Press Enter. The label set(s) is printed.

15. Continue to perform stock moves or press F3 to exit.

9-18 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Type Location to a Multiple Storage Location

Page 334: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Reject Repair to a Multiple Storage Location

Introduction A stock move from a type location to a multiple storage location is the process of moving non-serialized batteries (eaches), from a type location, to a multiple storage (multiple serialized pallets) location.

Move variations Within a warehouse, there are different types of serialized stock moves performed. The type of stock move is based on the location.

Type Location Serial-to-Multiple Pallets from a high-density location to a non-rack storage location Serial-to-Serial Pallets from a high density location to another high density

location Serial-to-Type Pallets from a high density location to a high density picking area Multiple-to-Serial Pallets from a non-rack storage location to a high-density area Multiple-to-Multiple Pallets from a non-rack storage location to another non-rack

storage location Multiple-to-Type Pallets from the non-rack storage location to the picking area

Procedure To perform a stock move from reject repair to a multiple storage location, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Stock Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry menu screen appears.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Reject Repair to a Multiple Storage Location 9-19

Page 335: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 2, Regular Move, on the command line, then press Enter.

6. Enter the appropriate information in the From Location field.

• Depending on how the From Location field is set in the “Default Location Maintenance,” the program will work in one of three ways:

• 00=No restrictions or validation of pallet move from location • 01=From location is invalid, but F2 accepts the move • 02=Prohibits pallet moves from an invalid from location

9-20 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Reject Repair to a Multiple Storage Location

Page 336: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate information. The screen automatically refreshes.

8. Enter/scan the battery type to be moved in the Type field.

9. Tab to the Qty field, and enter the quantity of batteries.

How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Reject Repair to a Multiple Storage Location 9-21

Page 337: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Field exit from the Qty field.

11. Press Enter. The data is accepted.

12. Press Enter. The number of label sets option appears.

13. Keep the suggested label sets, or change the sets if desired.

14. Press Enter. The label set(s) is printed.

15. Continue to perform stock moves or press F3 to exit.

9-22 How to Perform a Regular Move – From a Reject Repair to a Multiple Storage Location

Page 338: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Boost In (From Multiple to Eaches)

Introduction Occasionally, batteries will need to be recharged for various reasons.

Procedure To move a battery into boost, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Operations Menu screen appears.

How to Perform Boost In (From Multiple to Eaches) 9-23

Page 339: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 6, Boost In, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the serial number in the Serial# field, then press Enter. The data for the serial number

appears.

• You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually.

6. Enter any corrections to the data, then press Enter.

7. Continue to move batteries into boost or press F3 to exit.

9-24 How to Perform Boost In (From Multiple to Eaches)

Page 340: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Boost Out (From Eaches to Multiple)

Introduction Once batteries are boosted, they will need to be moved back into production.

Procedure To move a battery out of boost, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Boost Out, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the battery type in the Type field.

6. Tab to the Qty field and enter the number of batteries to be moved out of boost.

How to Perform Boost Out (From Eaches to Multiple) 9-25

Page 341: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the Voltage field and enter the voltage of the battery.

8. Press Enter to accept the data.

9. Continue to move batteries out of boost or press F3 to exit.

9-26 How to Perform Boost Out (From Eaches to Multiple)

Page 342: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Create Transfer Labels Using Boost Out

Introduction Creating transfer labels using boost out is a function in which batteries are coming out of formation to a completed staging area. This function is only used at specific locations.

Procedure To create transfer labels using Boost Out, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Boost Out, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the battery type in the Type field.

6. Tab to the Qty field and enter the number of batteries.

How to Create Transfer Labels Using Boost Out 9-27

Page 343: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Field exit in the Quantity field.

8. Press Enter to accept the data.

9-28 How to Create Transfer Labels Using Boost Out

Page 344: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. A new screen appears, displaying label sets information.

10. Verify the number of label sets in the Number of Label Sets field and change the default

value if necessary.

11. Field exit, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen reappears.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Create Transfer Labels Using Boost Out 9-29

Page 345: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9-30 How to Create Transfer Labels Using Boost Out

Page 346: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Unproduce Transfer Labels Using Boost In

Introduction After batteries are formed, it is necessary to create transfer labels for a pallet before it is shipped to another Exide location. If a label is accidentally created, it must then be unproduced. This function is only used at specific locations.

Procedure To unproduce transfer labels using Boost In, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Boost In, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

How to Unproduce Transfer Labels Using Boost In 9-31

Page 347: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the serial number to unproduce in the Serial# field. The screen automatically refreshes, and the blank Stock Movement Data Entry screen reappears.

• You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually.

• Enter the serial number and press Enter after the Stock Movement Data Entry screen reappears to verify that the pallet was unproduced. The message “Pallet Not Found” appears.

6. Press F3 to exit.

9-32 How to Unproduce Transfer Labels Using Boost In

Page 348: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Directed Putaway Move

Introduction Batteries within an Exide facility may need to be moved from one location to another using a directed put away move. This procedure applies only to the 879 distribution center (Oklahoma City).

Procedure To perform a directed put away move, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 11, Warehouse Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Warehouse Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Stock Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Directed Putaway Move 9-33

Page 349: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 3, Directed Put Away, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears, displaying the Serial# field.

6. Scan/enter the Serial Number in the Serial# field, then press Enter. The type on the pallet,

the From Location, and the Suggested Location appear.

• Type an S preceding the serial number if entering it manually.

9-34 How to Perform a Directed Putaway Move

Page 350: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Scan/enter the location in which the pallet will be placed in the Verify field. After entering the location, the Stock Movement Data Entry screen displaying the Serial# field re-appears.

• If scanning a location other than the suggested location, the message “Location Mismatch” appears. Press F2 to override. Overrides can only occur to another location within the same letter.

8. Continue to perform directed put away moves, or press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Directed Putaway Move 9-35

Page 351: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9-36 How to Perform a Directed Putaway Move

Page 352: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Cycle Count Module

How to Perform a Cycle Count

Introduction Each distribution center will perform a cycle count to reconcile the inventory and to have accurate data in the system. This document lays out the steps in the system to perform during a cycle count.

Procedure To perform a cycle count, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

Note: All customer and transfer orders are shipped. No orders can be between packed and shipped status. Perform daily balancing to assure that all inventory transactions have been done correctly.

4. Run the Beginning Costed Stock Status report by typing 2 on the command line. This is the baseline report from which comparisons will be manually calculated. The report is sorted and totaled by G/L Class with an additional sort by third number.

How to Perform a Cycle Count 10-1

Page 353: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Beginning Costed Stock Status submitted to batch”.

6. Run the Finishing Material report by typing 3 on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Finishing Material submitted to batch”.

10-2 How to Perform a Cycle Count

Page 354: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Run the Multiple Serial Locations report by typing 4 on the command line, then pressing Enter.

9. Verify the counts in these locations from the Multiple Serial Locations function. If pallets are found in these locations that do not appear on the report, then run a Stock History by Serial Num. Report by typing 7, then pressing Enter. Use Option 10, Stock Locator Moves, to place the pallet in the proper location.

Note: See “How to Run a Stock History by Serial Number Report” and “How to Perform Stock Locator Moves” for further instructions.

10. Run the Single Serial Locations procedure by typing 5 on the command line, then pressing Enter. If pallets are found in these locations that do not appear on the report, then run a Stock History by Serial Num. report. Use Option 10, Stock Locator Moves, to place the pallet in the proper locations.

11. Run the Non-Serialized Locations report by typing 6 on the command line.

12. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Non-Serialized Locations submitted to batch”.

13. Run the Final Count Keying report to enter the new balances by typing 14 on the command

line, then pressing Enter.

Note: See “How to Enter Final Count Keying” for special instructions on entering the new balances.

14. Run the Final Costed Stock Status report to compare to the Beginning Costed Stock Status by typing 15 on the command line.

How to Perform a Cycle Count 10-3

Page 355: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Final Costed Stock Status submitted to batch”.

16. Press F12 to return to the previous menu.

10-4

Page 356: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number

Introduction The Stock History by Serial Number Inquiry screen details the entire history for a specific serial number.

Procedure To inquire on a stock history by serial number, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Stock History by Serial Number, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing ML$SER, and enter the search comparison value in the Test

column.

Note: Press F1 in the field to view possible values. 6. Tab to the Value column, and enter the serial number(s) to search.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number 10-5

Page 357: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Display Report screen appears.

8. Press F3 to exit.

10-6 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number

Page 358: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Introduction Each distribution center will perform a cycle count to reconcile the inventory and to have accurate data in the system. This document explains the stock move process during a cycle count.

Procedure To perform a stock locator move, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Stock Locator Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves 10-7

Page 359: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 2, Regular Move, on the line.

6. Press Enter. A screen appears, displaying a From Location and a To Location field.

10-8 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Page 360: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the appropriate data in the From Location field.

Note: Depending on how the “From Location” field is set in the “Default Location Maintenance”, the program will work in one of three ways:

• 00=No restrictions or validation of pallet move from location • 01=From location is invalid, but F2 accepts the move • 02=Prohibits pallet moves from an invalid from location

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves 10-9

Page 361: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate data. The screen automatically updates and a Serial# field appears.

9. Scan/enter the serial number to be moved. The screen automatically refreshes, displaying the Stock Movement Data Entry screen with the From Location and To Location fields. The move is accepted so that the batteries are no longer associated with the serial number.

Note: If entering the serial number manually, type S before the number.

10. Continue to perform stock moves or press F3 to exit.

10-10 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Page 362: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Final Count Keying

Introduction Final count keying is the process to update the locator with the new ending balances from the non-serialized location and finishing material reports. The ending balance must be keyed to allow the system to compute the amount of the adjustment to be made. For any items listed on the non-serialized location and finishing materials reports with a quantity-on-hand, whether positive or negative, the actual count must be keyed. A zero must be keyed if zero was counted.

Procedure To key the final count for a cycle count, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Enter Final Count Keying 10-11

Page 363: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter CC in the Reason Code, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes displaying additional fields.

6. Enter the battery type in the Type field.

7. Tab to the Loc field, and enter the location.

10-12 How to Enter Final Count Keying

Page 364: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the New Balance field, and enter the number of on-hand batteries in the location.

Note: Enter 0.00 if zero were counted.

9. Press Enter to accept the data. The original The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

10. Press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Final Count Keying 10-13

Page 365: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10-14 How to Enter Final Count Keying

Page 366: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions

Introduction A Cycle Count (CC) conversion displays the adjustments made to the on-hand quantity of a location’s battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a cycle count stock adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cycle Count Menu appears.

4. Enter option 16, CC Cycle Count Conversion, on the command line, then press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen appears.

How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions 10-15

Page 367: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Type 2 in the OP column in the row containing CC Conversion (Cycle Count), then press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt appears.

6. Tab to the Data Selection row of the “1” column, and type 1.

7. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

10-16 How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions

Page 368: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the row containing Order Date and enter the order date in the Selection Value column.

9. Press Enter to accept the data.

10. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

11. Press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen appears.

12. Type 1 in the OP column adjacent to CC Conversion (Cycle Count), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions 10-17

Page 369: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10-18 How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions

Page 370: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Physical Inventory Module

How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Introduction This document contains the information and steps each distribution center must perform during a physical inventory. Each stage should be followed to verify accuracy of the inventory.

Procedure Before beginning a physical inventory, check for pallets finished for customer orders that have not been shipped.

OE sites will perform the following steps: The following steps should be performed for all the Original Equipment sites.

1. Request the Auto Transfer Program to be put on hold after the 1:00 AM Central Time run.

2. Agree on a time that all production, corrections, etc. will be performed between the two sites.

3. Request for the Auto Transfer Program to be run manually one more time after all entries are done.

4. Begin inventory at plant and DC.

5. Request for the Auto Transfer Program to be taken off hold after the inventory is done.

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-1

Page 371: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

All sites will perform the following steps: Step 1 Check for pallets finished for customer orders that have not been shipped by performing the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

11-2 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 372: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The

Stock Locator screen appears.

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-3

Page 373: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 6, Single Type Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Enter “EQ” in the Test field and “FINISHED” in the Value field, then press Enter.

Note: If all batteries have been shipped, NO records will display.

11-4 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 374: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Step 2 If there are no finished pallets, skip to Step 3. If there are finished pallets in the stock locator, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-5

Page 375: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing

Menu screen appears.

11-6 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 376: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 3, Trip Master Inquiry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip Master Inquiry screen appears.

5. Scroll down the list looking for any trip that is not a status of “New” or “Shipped”. This will

tell you which trips need to be shipped. If no trips need to be shipped, call the Customer Assistance Center (1-800-462-9062).

Note: There can be no finished pallets at the start of the physical inventory.

Step 3 Execute normal daily balancing to the Battery Activity Report by performing the following steps: 1. Verify Purchase Order Receipts

2. Verify Transfer Order Receipts

3. Verify Transfer Order Shipments

4. Verify FSO Shipments

5. Verify Transfer Returns

6. Verify Customer Shipments

7. Verify the Customer Returns

8. Verify the Adjustments

Note: You can make corrections, shipments, and adjustments until the physical inventory is started.

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-7

Page 377: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

When all balancing is complete and there are no finished pallets, a physical inventory can begin. To perform a physical inventory, perform the following steps:

1. Sign on to perform the physical inventory. The proper login is as follows:

User ID: PHYXXX (where XXX represents the branch/plant)

Password: Obtain this from the Inventory Control Manager

Note: If there is a distribution center and PARC at your location, then an 80 cannot be used to switch between the two. Each branch/plant has a specific sign-on that must be used.

After you log in, the Physical Inventory Menu screen appears.

11-8 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 378: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Perform each step below carefully to ensure accuracy. Finish each step prior to execution of the next step:

1. Enter option 2, Begin Physical Inventory, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Begin Physical Inventory submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen and a backup file is created for variance reporting. When the process completes, a Beginning Costed Stock Status report prints.

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-9

Page 379: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 3, Finishing Material, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Finishing Material submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen. This report represents the inventory not covered by the reports used to audit the serialized locations. This report may be used later to compare what was counted on tickets into the inventory for these locations.

11-10 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 380: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Enter option 4, Multiple Serial Locations, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Multiple Serial Locations submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen. The personnel counting the pallets to audit serialized locations will use this report. This report may be used later to compare what was counted on tickets into the inventory for these locations.

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-11

Page 381: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 5, Single Serial Locations, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Single Serial Locations submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen. The personnel counting the pallets to audit serialized locations will use this report. This report may be used later to compare what was counted on tickets into the inventory for these locations.

11-12 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 382: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 6, Non-Serialized Locations, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Non-Serialized Locations submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen. This report represents the inventory not covered by the reports used to audit the serialized locations. This report may be used later to compare what was counted on tickets into the inventory for these locations.

6. Enter option 7 (if desired), Stock History by Serial Number, on the command line, then

press Enter.

• This enables the user to determine where in the system a pallet is located versus where it actually resides. See “How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Numbers” concerning this option.

7. Enter option 10 (if desired), Stock Locator Moves, on the command line, then press Enter.

• This option is to be used only to perform serialized pallet moves. Do not use this option to move batteries into or out of type locations.

8. Enter option 11 (if desired), Tag Keying, on the command line, then press Enter.

• Tag Keying is used to enter all of the inventory ticket information. There are no batch entry screens, thus creating no way to reconcile individual batches. It is recommended to create bundles of 100, then total the bundle prior to entry. See “How to Perform Tag Keying” for more information.

9. Enter option 12, Serialized Pallet Maintenance, on the command line, then press Enter. The Physical Inventory- Serial Maintenance screen appears. This allows the user to create or delete serial numbers for rack locations as required. For more information on serialized pallet maintenance, see “How to Perform Serialized Pallet Maintenance.”

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-13

Page 383: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Enter option 14, Inventory Tags Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Inventory Tags Report submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen. This report lists, in tag number sequence, all the tickets and information keyed and any missing tickets between the lowest and highest ticket numbers. A crosscheck of this with the actual tickets will help provide accuracy. See “How to Submit an Inventory Tags Report” for more information.

11-14 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 384: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter option 15, Variance Detail Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Variance Detail Report submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen. This report displays the types, quantities and dollars of all items with count discrepancies. See “How to Submit a Variance Detail Report” for more information.

Note: This must run prior to option 16, Post Physical. 12. Rerun the Variance Detail Report as required to make corrections.

• For discrepancies, make all changes in Tag Keying or Serialized Pallet Maintenance.

13. Enter option 16, Post Physical, on the command line, then press Enter.

• Only perform this step if all the previous steps have been executed and are clean. See “How to Post Physical Inventory” for procedures on posting physical inventory.

How to Begin a Physical Inventory 11-15

Page 385: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11-16 How to Begin a Physical Inventory

Page 386: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Numbers

Introduction The Stock History by Serial Numbers Inquiry screen details all the history for specific serial numbers.

Procedure To inquire on a stock history by serial numbers, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Physical Inventory Menu screen.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Numbers 11-17

Page 387: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 7, Stock History by Serial Number, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

3. Tab to the row containing ML$SER, and enter the search comparison value in the Test

column.

Note: Press F1 in the field to view possible values.

4. Tab to the Value column, and enter the serial number(s) to search.

11-18 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Numbers

Page 388: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Display Report screen appears.

6. Press F3 to exit.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Numbers 11-19

Page 389: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11-20 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Numbers

Page 390: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Tag Keying

Introduction Tag keying is used to enter all of the inventory ticket information. No batch entry screens are available; consequently, there is no way to reconcile individual batches. Inventory cards should be bundled in specific size blocks, recommended is 100, and totaled per bundle prior to entry.

Procedure To enter inventory through tag keying, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Physical Inventory Menu screen.

How to Perform Tag Keying 11-21

Page 391: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 11, Tag Keying, on the command line, the press Enter. The Tag Keying screen appears.

To Inquire on a Ticket

1. Enter the ticket number in the Tag# field, or enter the GNB part number or coded battery type in the Item# field.

2. Press Enter and the ticket information appears in the appropriate fields.

To Add a Ticket and Data 1. Enter the ticket number in the Tag Number column.

Note: There is online checking for duplicate tag numbers.

2. Tab to the Item Number column and enter the GNB part number or coded battery type.

3. Tab to the Stock Loc. column and enter the location.

Note: For finishing materials, there cannot be a location. For non-finishing material items, there must be a location.

4. Tab to the Quantity on Tag# column and enter the quantity on the ticket, then press Enter.

To Delete a Tag Number 1. Enter the tag number, delete the entry, and press <Tab>.

2. Enter the appropriate tag number and data and press Enter.

11-22 How to Perform Tag Keying

Page 392: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

To Modify Data for a Tag Number

• Key over the incorrect data within the columns and press Enter.

How to Perform Tag Keying 11-23

Page 393: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11-24 How to Perform Tag Keying

Page 394: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Serialized Pallet Maintenance

Introduction Serialized pallet maintenance enables the user to create or delete serial numbers for rack locations as required.

Procedure To perform serialized pallet maintenance, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Physical Inventory Menu screen.

How to Perform Serialized Pallet Maintenance 11-25

Page 395: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 12, Serialized Pallet Maintenance, on the command line, the press Enter. The Physical Inventory – Serial Maintenance screen appears.

To Create a Serial Number 1. Press F6 and the screen refreshes.

11-26 How to Perform Serialized Pallet Maintenance

Page 396: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter the battery type in the Type field.

3. Tab to the In Loc field and enter the location for the batteries.

4. Tab to the Qty field and enter the quantity.

5. Tab to the Boost Date field and enter the correct boost date for the batteries.

6. Tab to the MFG Date field and enter the correct manufacturing date for the batteries.

7. Tab to the Voltage field and enter the correct voltage for the batteries. The new serial number appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: There is online edit checking to validate the data entered.

To Delete a Serial Number 1. Enter the serial number preceded by an S and the screen populates with the data associated

with the serial number.

2. Press F7 and the serial is denoted as deleted at the bottom of the screen.

3. Press F3 to exit the menu.

How to Perform Serialized Pallet Maintenance 11-27

Page 397: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11-28 How to Perform Serialized Pallet Maintenance

Page 398: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Submit an Inventory Tags Report

Introduction The Inventory Tags Report is a combination of the LOS “Missing Ticket Report” and the “Batch Ticket Keying Report”. This report will list, in tag number sequence, all the tickets and information keyed in and any missing tickets between the lowest and highest ticket numbers.

Procedure To submit an Inventory Tags Report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Physical Inventory Menu screen.

How to Submit an Inventory Tags Report 11-29

Page 399: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 14, Inventory Tags Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Inventory Tags Report submitted to batch” appears.

3. Cross-check the report with the actual tickets for accuracy.

11-30 How to Submit an Inventory Tags Report

Page 400: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Submit a Variance Detail Report

Introduction The Variance Detail Report displays the types, quantities, and dollars of all items that have count discrepancies. This report must be run before option 16, Post Physical.

Procedure To submit a variance detail report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Physical Inventory Menu screen.

How to Submit a Variance Detail Report 11-31

Page 401: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 15, Variance Detail Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Variance Detail Report submitted to batch” appears.

3. Return to the Tag Keying screen or Serialized Pallet Maintenance screen and make

corrections to the report.

4. Re-run the report after the corrections are made.

11-32 How to Submit a Variance Detail Report

Page 402: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Post Physical Inventory

Introduction This is the final procedure that will be executed within the physical inventory module. Prior to execution of this procedure, all options on the Physical Inventory Menu must be completed and the Variance Detail Report must be clean.

Procedure To post physical inventory, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Physical Inventory Menu screen.

How to Post Physical Inventory 11-33

Page 403: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 16, Post Physical, on the command line, the press Enter. The Physical Inventory – Update Submit screen appears.

Note: Any reports not ran will be identified at the bottom of this screen.

3. Obtain the password from the Inventory Control Manager, enter the appropriate password in the Password field, then press Enter. The Physical Inventory Menu screen displays with the message, “Physical Inventory has been submitted.” After completion, a new version of all reports will be printed.

11-34 How to Post Physical Inventory

Page 404: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Introduction Use the Stock Locator Moves function to perform only serialized pallet moves.

Note: Use the Stock Locator Moves function only for moving serialized pallets. Do not use this function for moving batteries into or out of type locations. For example, 5555Z is a type location.

Procedure To perform serialized pallet moves, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Physical Inventory Menu screen.

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves 11-35

Page 405: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 10, Stock Locator Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

11-36 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Page 406: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Enter option 2, Regular Move, on the command line, then press Enter. A screen appears, displaying the From Location and To Location fields.

4. Enter the appropriate data in the From Location field.

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves 11-37

Page 407: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate data. The screen automatically updates and a Serial# field appears.

11-38 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Page 408: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Scan/enter the serial number to be moved. The screen automatically refreshes, displaying the Stock Movement Data Entry screen with the From Location and To Location fields. The move is accepted.

Note: If entering the serial number manually, type an S before the number.

7. Continue to perform stock moves, or press F3 to exit.

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves 11-39

Page 409: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11-40 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Page 410: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

DC Set Up Module

How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location

Introduction You must define a location to store the materials at the distribution center.

Procedure To enter/add a branch/plant location, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location 12-1

Page 411: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

12-2 How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location

Page 412: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 6, DC Set Up Menus, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Set Up Menu screen appears.

How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location 12-3

Page 413: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Branch/Plant Location Master, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Branch/Plant Location Master screen appears.

12-4 How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location

Page 414: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter A (Add) in the Action Code field.

9. Tab to the Branch/Plant field, and enter the branch/plant number.

10. Tab to the Location field, and enter the inventory location.

How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location 12-5

Page 415: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Tab to the LOD column, and enter 1 for the level of detail for the inventory location.

12. Tab to the Location Codes 5 column, and enter

• S for serialized,

• M for multiple, or

• T for type locations.

Note: Move the cursor to the last position in the Location Codes 5 column by pressing the spacebar before entering the stocking type.

13. Tab to the Location Codes 6 column, and enter DOOR, if applicable.

14. Tab to the Location Codes 10 column, and enter HELD for Manugistics, if applicable.

12-6 How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location

Page 416: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter. The system saves the location data, and the Branch/Plant Location Master screen appears.

16. Type I (Inquire) in the Action Code field.

How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location 12-7

Page 417: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Type the appropriate branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field.

12-8 How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location

Page 418: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

18. Press Enter, and the Branch/Plant Location Master screen displays the new location in the Location column.

19. Repeat the process to enter or add another location, or press F3 to exit the screen.

How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location 12-9

Page 419: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12-10 How to Enter/Add a Branch/Plant Location

Page 420: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location

Introduction You may have to change or delete the branch/plant location at the distribution center.

Procedure To change or delete a branch/plant location, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, DC Set Up Menus, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Set Up Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 2, Branch/Plant Location Master, on the command line.

How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location 12-11

Page 421: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Branch/Plant Location Master screen appears.

8. Enter C (Change) in the Action Code field.

12-12 How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location

Page 422: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Branch/Plant field, and enter the branch/plant number.

10. Tab to the field containing the location you want to change or delete.

11. Make changes to the location in the appropriate fields.

Note: For this example, the line has been cleared in order to delete the location.

How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location 12-13

Page 423: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press Enter, and the Branch/Plant Location Master screen reappears.

13. Type I (Inquire) in the Action Code field.

12-14 How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location

Page 424: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Type the appropriate branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field.

How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location 12-15

Page 425: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter, and the Branch/Plant Location Master screen reappears.

Note: The location (0001Z) has been deleted.

16. Repeat the process to change or delete another location, or press F3 to exit the screen.

12-16 How to Change/Delete a Branch/Plant Location

Page 426: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to View Default Location Maintenance

Introduction You may need to view the default location maintenance screen to edit settings for the business unit.

Procedure To view the default location maintenance, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, DC Set Up Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Set Up Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Default Location Maintenance, on the command line, then press Enter. The Default Location Maintenance screen appears.

5. Enter I (Inquiry) in the Action Code field.

6. Tab to the Business Unit field, and enter the three-digit business unit.

How to View Default Location Maintenance 12-17

Page 427: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The screen displays information for the selected business unit.

8. Press F3 to exit.

12-18 How to View Default Location Maintenance

Page 428: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Work Day Calendar

Introduction You must set up a work day calendar for the production of batteries.

Procedure To enter the work day calendar, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, DC Set Up Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Set Up Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Work Day Calendar, on the command line, then press Enter. The Work Day Calendar screen appears.

How to Enter a Work Day Calendar 12-19

Page 429: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter I (Inquire) in the Action Code field.

6. Validate or enter the calendar date in the Calendar Year and Calendar Month fields.

7. Press Enter. The Work Day Calendar screen appears.

8. Perform one of the following steps to set the work day calendar:

IF you want to… THEN enter… Add a new work day calendar, A in the Action Code field.

Change the work day calendar displayed,

C in the Action Code field.

9. Perform one of the following steps to specify the status of the dates on the work day calendar:

IF you want to specify a date as… THEN enter… A work day on the calendar, W in the date field.

A holiday on the calendar, H in the date field.

A weekend day on the work calendar,

E in the date field.

10. Press Enter. The calendar data is accepted.

11. Press F3 to exit the screen.

12-20 How to Enter a Work Day Calendar

Page 430: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Print Location Labels

Introduction Use this function to print location labels.

Procedure To print location labels, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, DC Set Up Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Set Up Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Print Location Labels, on the command line.

How to Print Location Labels 12-21

Page 431: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Print Location Barcode Labels screen appears.

12-22 How to Print Location Labels

Page 432: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter the beginning location in the From Location field for the range of locations for which you want to print labels.

7. Enter the ending location in the To Location field.

Note: To print a label for one location only, enter that location in both the From Location and To Location fields.

8. Press Enter. The location label(s) prints.

9. Press F3 to exit the function.

How to Print Location Labels 12-23

Page 433: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12-24 How to Print Location Labels

Page 434: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Print Text Labels

Introduction Use this function to print text labels.

Procedure To print text labels, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, DC Set Up Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Set Up Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Print Text Labels, on the command line, then press Enter. The Print Location Barcode Labels screen appears.

How to Print Text Labels 12-25

Page 435: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the text you want to print on the label in the Enter Text To Print field.

6. Press Enter. The DC Set Up Menu screen appears and the text label prints.

12-26 How to Print Text Labels

Page 436: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Technical Operations Module

How to Start Printers

Introduction These steps detail the process required to start the printers.

Procedure To start printers, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Start Printers 13-1

Page 437: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 14, Start Printer’s, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The message “PRINTERS FOR LOCATION 477 HAVE BEEN

STARTED” appears at the bottom of the screen identifying the printers that have been started.

13-2 How to Start Printers

Page 438: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Vary Off Device

Introduction Varying off a device is the process of taking a machine offline to possibly fix a problem.

Procedure To vary off a device, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 15, Vary Off Device, on the command line.

How to Vary Off Device 13-3

Page 439: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Press Enter. The Vary Off a Device (VARYOFPXXX) screen appears.

13-4 How to Vary Off Device

Page 440: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter the device ID plus the 3-digit number of the device in the Device To Vary Off/DXXX PXXX field, then press Enter. The Work with Configuration Status screen appears displaying the device that was varied off.

Note: Use P for Printer or D for Display as the device ID.

5. Press F3 to exit.

How to Vary Off Device 13-5

Page 441: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13-6 How to Vary Off Device

Page 442: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Vary On Device

Introduction Varying on a device is the process of bringing a machine back online in order to use it.

Procedure To vary on a device, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 16, Vary On Device, on the command line.

How to Vary On Device 13-7

Page 443: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Press Enter. The Vary On Device (VARYON) screen appears.

4. Enter the device ID in the Device To Vary On field, then press Enter. The device goes back

online and the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen appears.

13-8 How to Vary On Device

Page 444: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Work with Active Printers

Introduction The function of working with active printers is to direct the output for a specific machine’s documents.

Procedure To work with active printers, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 17, Work with Active Printers, on the command line.

How to Work with Active Printers 13-9

Page 445: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Press Enter. The Work with Writers (WRKWTR) screen appears.

13-10 How to Work with Active Printers

Page 446: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter the device address or number of the printer in the Writer field.

5. Press Enter and the screen refreshes and displays the Output field.

How to Work with Active Printers 13-11

Page 447: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Perform the following steps to display or print the document:

IF you want to… THEN enter… Display the document on the monitor,

* in the Output field.

Print the document on the printer,

*PRINT in the Output field.

7. Press Enter and the Work with All Printers screen appears.

8. Locate the device you want to work with and enter the appropriate option (1-8) in the Opt

column.

9. Press Enter and the corresponding screen appears.

13-12 How to Work with Active Printers

Page 448: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Work with Device Status

Introduction This utility identifies the status of a device.

Procedure To work with device status, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 18, Work with Device Status, on the command line.

How to Work with Device Status 13-13

Page 449: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Press Enter. The Work with Configuration Status (WRKCFGSTS) screen appears.

4. Enter *DEV in the Type field.

5. Press Tab and enter the device address in the Configuration description field.

6. Press Enter twice and the Work with Configuration Status screen appears.

13-14 How to Work with Device Status

Page 450: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Locate the desired device and enter the appropriate option (1, 2, 5, 8, 9, or 13) in the Opt column.

8. Press Enter and the screen corresponding to the option selected in Step 7 appears.

9. Press F3 to exit.

How to Work with Device Status 13-15

Page 451: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13-16 How to Work with Device Status

Page 452: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Work with User Spooled Files

Introduction This utility allows you to view or work with a user’s spooled files.

Procedure To work with spooled files, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 19, Work with User Spooled Files, on the command line.

How to Work with User Spooled Files 13-17

Page 453: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Press Enter. The Work with Spooled Files (WRKSPLF) screen appears.

4. Enter the user ID in the User field.

Note: The default value is *CURRENT, which is the person who is signed on.

5. Press Enter and the Work with All Spooled Files screen appears.

13-18 How to Work with User Spooled Files

Page 454: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Locate the desired job/report in the File column and enter the appropriate option (1 through 9) in the Opt column.

7. Press Enter and the screen corresponding to the option selected in Step 6 appears.

8. Press F3 to exit.

How to Work with User Spooled Files 13-19

Page 455: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13-20 How to Work with User Spooled Files

Page 456: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Work with Query

Introduction This utility allows you to view or work with a user’s files.

Procedure To work with query, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 20, Work With Query, on the command line, then press Enter. The Work with Queries screen appears.

3. Enter the desired option and query name in the appropriate fields.

4. Press Enter.

5. Press F3 to exit.

How to Work with Query 13-21

Page 457: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13-22

Page 458: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Reboot Your Scanner

Introduction This procedure is used to reboot-your scanner if you can’t get a sign-on screen.

Procedure To reboot your scanner, perform the following steps:

1. Press the Orange function key, the Yellow enter key, and the On/Off key simultaneously. A screen appears with the following three options:

• B Boot System

• L Run Loader

• Q Power Down

Note: If the scanner turns off, press the On/Off key to turn it back on. The boot system screen should appear.

2. Press B (Boot System). The scanner reboots and the sign-on screen appears.

How to Reboot Your Scanner 13-23

Page 459: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13-24 How to Reboot Your Scanner

Page 460: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Purchase Orders Module

How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP)

Introduction This utility allows you to process expense orders.

Procedure 1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP) 14-1

Page 461: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase

Order Processing screen appears.

14-2 How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP)

Page 462: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 2, Non-Inventry/Supplier (OP), on the command line, then press Enter. The Non-Inventry/Supplier (OP) screen appears.

5. Tab to the Branch/Plant field and enter the number of the company the purchase is made

for.

6. Tab to the Order Date field and enter today’s date.

How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP) 14-3

Page 463: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the Vendor field and press F1. The Name Search lookup appears.

8. Tab to the Alpha Name field and enter the name of the supplier.

9. Tab to the Search Type field and type V.

10. Press Enter to bring up the vendor listing based on the selection criteria.

14-4 How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP)

Page 464: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Tab to the Option field by the desired vendor, type 4 then press Enter. The vendor number appears in the Vendor Number field.

12. Tab to the Address Number field and press F1.

Note: This should be the address number of the location to receive the goods on the order. The processing options are currently set to default the branch plant’s address book number if this field is left blank.

How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP) 14-5

Page 465: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Type the place where the product should be delivered in the Alpha Name field and press Enter. The location listings appear based on the selection criteria.

14. Tab to the Option field by the desired location, type 4 then press Enter. The address number

appears in the Address Number field.

14-6 How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP)

Page 466: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

16. Tab to the Account Number field and press F1. The Account Number lookup appears.

How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP) 14-7

Page 467: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Type the number of the company the order is charged to in the Skip to field.

18. Press Enter to view the company general ledger account.

14-8 How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP)

Page 468: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19. Tab to the specific ledger account that you want to charge the purchase to and type 4.

Note: The purchase order has unlimited lines for the ability to order different products from the same supplier.

20. Press Enter and the Purchase Order Detail screen reappears displaying the selected account

number.

How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP) 14-9

Page 469: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

21. Tab to the Description field and type a description of the account selected if there is not already one.

22. Press Enter and a prompt appears above the line items.

14-10 How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP)

Page 470: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

23. Enter Y at the Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order prompt and press Enter. The Non-Invntry / Supplier (OP) screen reappears.

24. Continue to enter purchase orders or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Non-Inventory / Supplier (OP) 14-11

Page 471: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-12

Page 472: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter an Inventory / Supplier (OF)

Introduction Inventory items ordered by a GNB location must have an associated purchase order.

Procedure To enter an inventory supplier, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Inventory/Supplier (OF), on the command line, then press Enter. The Inventory/Supplier (OF) screen appears.

How to Enter an Inventory / Supplier (OF) 14-13

Page 473: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the number for the vendor in the Vendor Number field, then press Enter twice. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

6. Click in the Item Number field and enter the GNB part numbers.

7. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number to order.

8. Press Enter and a prompt to accept the order appears.

14-14 How to Enter an Inventory / Supplier (OF)

Page 474: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. The Inventory/Supplier (OF) screen reappears.

10. Continue to enter purchase orders or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter an Inventory / Supplier (OF) 14-15

Page 475: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-16 How to Enter an Inventory / Supplier (OF)

Page 476: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Capital Equip, Sanction (OS)

Introduction This screen is used for sanction purchase orders for approved capital spending.

Procedure To enter an inventory supplier, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Capital Equip, Sanction (OS) on the command line, then press Enter. The Capital Equip, Sanction (OS) screen appears.

5. Tab to the Branch/Plant field and type the name of the company the purchase is made for.

6. Tab to the Order Date field and type today’s date.

How to Enter a Capital Equip, Sanction (OS) 14-17

Page 477: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the Vendor Number field and enter the number for the vendor, then press Enter twice. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

8. Click in the Item Number field and enter the GNB part numbers.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number to order.

10. Press Enter and a prompt to accept the order appears.

14-18 How to Enter a Capital Equip, Sanction (OS)

Page 478: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. The Inventory/Supplier (OF) screen reappears.

12. Continue to enter purchase orders or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Capital Equip, Sanction (OS) 14-19

Page 479: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-20 How to Enter a Capital Equip, Sanction (OS)

Page 480: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI)

Introduction An OI purchase order is a one-sided purchase order that is used in specific circumstances to receive inventory.

Procedure To create an OI purchase order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI) 14-21

Page 481: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 5, Inventory PO Entry (OI), on the command line, then press Enter. The Inventory PO Entry (OI) screen appears.

5. Tab to the Vendor Number field and press F1. The Name Search lookup appears.

14-22 How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI)

Page 482: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Alpha Name field and enter the name of the supplier.

7. Tab to the Search Type field and type V.

8. Press Enter to bring up the vendor listing based on the selection criteria.

How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI) 14-23

Page 483: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the O (option) field beside the desired vendor, type 4, and press Enter. The vendor number appears in the Vendor Number field.

10. Tab to the Requested field and enter the date of the requested delivery.

14-24 How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI)

Page 484: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Press Enter twice. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

12. Tab to the Item Number field and enter one of the following:

• Basic battery type

• Finished battery number

• Part numbers

How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI) 14-25

Page 485: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number to order.

14. Press Enter, and a prompt to accept the order appears.

14-26 How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI)

Page 486: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. The Inventory PO Entry (OI) screen reappears.

16. Continue to enter OI purchase orders, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI) 14-27

Page 487: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-28 How to Enter an Inventory PO Entry (OI)

Page 488: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Receipt from Exide Non-JDE (EI)

Introduction An EI purchase order must be created in order to receive inventory items from a non-JDE Exide facility.

Procedure To enter a receipt from an Exide non-JDE facility, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Rcpt From Exide Non-JDE (EI), on the command line, then press Enter. The Rept From Exide Non-JDE (EI) screen appears.

How to Enter a Receipt from Exide Non-JDE (EI) 14-29

Page 489: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the Exide non-JDE address number for the vendor in the Vendor Number field.

Note: If Exide non-JDE location number is not known, Press F1, type “Exide & the location name in the Alpha Name field, and an “L” in the Search Type field, then press Enter to select the location from a list.

6. Tab to the Requested field and enter the date of the requested delivery.

7. Tab to the Supplier SO field and enter the Exide LO# (order #), then press Enter twice. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

14-30 How to Enter a Receipt from Exide Non-JDE (EI)

Page 490: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the Item Number field and enter the basic battery type, finished battery type, or part number.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries you want to order.

10. Press Enter. A prompt to accept the order appears in the middle of the screen.

How to Enter a Receipt from Exide Non-JDE (EI) 14-31

Page 491: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. The Rcpt From Exide Non-JDE (EI) screen reappears.

12. Continue to enter purchase orders or press F3 to exit.

14-32 How to Enter a Receipt from Exide Non-JDE (EI)

Page 492: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Add/Change an Existing Inventory / Supplier (OF) PO

Introduction The purchase order for materials ordered to refurbish the supplies at an Exide location may need to be modified.

Procedure To add or change an inventory purchase order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Change PO’s/Inventory (OF), on the command line, then press Enter. The CHANGE PO’s/Inventory (OF) screen appears.

How to Add/Change an Existing Inventory / Supplier (OF) PO 14-33

Page 493: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter an I in the Action Code.

6. Tab to the Order Number field and enter the number of the order you want to change, then

press Enter. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

14-34 How to Add/Change an Existing Inventory / Supplier (OF) PO

Page 494: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to an available line in the Item Number column and enter the Exide part numbers to be added.

Note: Press F1 to display the Item Search screen to enter the appropriate item number.

8. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to order.

How to Add/Change an Existing Inventory / Supplier (OF) PO 14-35

Page 495: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter, and a prompt to accept the order appears in the middle of the screen.

10. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. The CHANGE PO’s /

Inventory (OF) screen reappears.

11. Press F3 to exit.

14-36 How to Add/Change an Existing Inventory / Supplier (OF) PO

Page 496: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Cancel Lines on POs (Existing Inventory POs)

Introduction Occasionally items ordered on inventory PO’s will not be filled. If this occurs, the lines on the purchase ordered can be canceled.

Procedure To cancel lines on existing inventory purchase orders, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Cancel lines on POs, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cancel lines on PO’s screen appears.

How to Cancel Lines on POs (Existing Inventory POs) 14-37

Page 497: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the purchase order number in the Order Number field, then press Enter. The open lines on the purchase order are displayed.

6. Enter a 9 in the O column next to the line that you want to cancel.

14-38 How to Cancel Lines on POs (Existing Inventory POs)

Page 498: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter and a prompt appears to accept the order.

8. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter.

9. Press F3 to exit.

How to Cancel Lines on POs (Existing Inventory POs) 14-39

Page 499: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-40 How to Cancel Lines on POs (Existing Inventory POs)

Page 500: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Change POs / Non-Inventory (OP)

Introduction The purchase order for materials ordered to refurbish the supplies at an Exide location may need to be modified.

Procedure To add or change an inventory purchase order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Change PO’s / Non-Invntry (OP), on the command line, then press Enter. The CHANGE PO’s/Non-Inventory (OP) screen appears.

How to Change POs / Non-Inventory (OP) 14-41

Page 501: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter an I in the Action Code.

6. Tab to the Order Number field and enter the number of the order you want to change, then

press Enter. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

14-42 How to Change POs / Non-Inventory (OP)

Page 502: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to an available line in the Item Number column and enter the Exide part numbers to be added.

Note: Press F1 to display the Item Search screen to enter the appropriate item number.

8. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to order.

How to Change POs / Non-Inventory (OP) 14-43

Page 503: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter, and a prompt to accept the order appears in the middle of the screen.

10. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. The CHANGE PO’s / Non-

Invntry (OP) screen reappears.

11. Press F3 to exit.

14-44 How to Change POs / Non-Inventory (OP)

Page 504: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to View Orders Awaiting Approval

Introduction You can locate all orders that await your approval and select orders to review for approval or rejection.

Procedure To view orders awaiting approval, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Orders Awaiting Approval, on the command line, then press Enter. The Orders Awaiting Approval screen appears.

How to View Orders Awaiting Approval 14-45

Page 505: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the address number in the Address Number field and press Enter.

6. Enter 4 in the O column next to the desired order.

14-46 How to View Orders Awaiting Approval

Page 506: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter and the Approval Review screen appears.

8. Press F3 to exit the Approval Review screen.

9. Press F3 to exit the Orders Awaiting Approval screen

How to View Orders Awaiting Approval 14-47

Page 507: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-48 How to View Orders Awaiting Approval

Page 508: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Approval Review Option

Introduction You must approve an order to authorize the purchase of items and services. After you approve all detail lines on an order, the system processes the order.

Procedure To use the approval review option, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 15, Approval Review, on the command line, then press Enter. The Approval Review screen appears.

How to Use the Approval Review Option 14-49

Page 509: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the order number in the Order Number field and press Enter.

To Approve an Order

1. Enter 1 in the O column.

2. Press Enter to accept the order.

14-50 How to Use the Approval Review Option

Page 510: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

To Reject an Order 1. Enter 2 in the O column.

2. Press Enter to reject the order.

To Complete the Review 1. Enter Y or N at the system prompt.

Note: If you enter Y (yes), the system displays the Check Password prompt. If you enter N (no), the system takes no further action.

2. Enter your sign-on password at the Password prompt. If you are accepting the order, the system clears the Approval Review screen. If you rejected the order, the Approval/Rejections Reasons screen appears.

Note: Enter X in the appropriate user defined categories and enter explanations as necessary.

3. Press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Approval Review Option 14-51

Page 511: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-52 How to Use the Approval Review Option

Page 512: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use Approval Delegation

Introduction You can transfer approval authority from one person to another. You might do this if a person leaves the company or takes an extended vacation. When you transfer approval authority, the system permanently changes all approval routes on which the person currently exists.

Procedure To use the approval delegation option, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Purchasing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purchase Order Processing screen appears.

4. Enter option 17, Approval Delegation, on the command line, then press Enter. The Approval Delegation screen appears.

How to Use Approval Delegation 14-53

Page 513: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the approver in the Approver field or press F1 to search for one.

6. Press Enter, then enter the employee number you are delegating authority to in the Assigned

To field.

14-54 How to Use Approval Delegation

Page 514: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter.

To Review the Available Approvers and Approval Level Revisions

1. Enter 1 in the O column next to the desired line.

How to Use Approval Delegation 14-55

Page 515: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Press Enter and the Approval Level Revisions screen appears.

3. Press F3 to exit the Approval Level Revisions screen.

To Delegate Approval Authority to Another Responsible Person 1. Enter 4 in the O column next to the desired line.

14-56 How to Use Approval Delegation

Page 516: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Press Enter and Approval Delegation screen is cleared.

3. Press F3 to exit.

How to Use Approval Delegation 14-57

Page 517: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14-58 How to Use Approval Delegation

Page 518: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

PARC Order Processing Module

How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS

Introduction At the Exide customer location, a shipment is unpacked and matched to the packing slip. In some cases, the shipment and packing slip do not match. The shipment could be short a number of batteries, or the wrong type of battery was sent. Provided the corresponding DC has not reconciled its inventory recently, the Exide customer is issued a credit that puts the batteries back into inventory.

Procedure To enter a shortage credit with inventory adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS 15-1

Page 519: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

15-2 How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS

Page 520: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 3, Credit – Shortage CS, on the command line.

How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS 15-3

Page 521: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

15-4 How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS

Page 522: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press F6. The Credit – Shortage CS screen appears.

7. Tab to the Order Date field, and enter the date of the original order.

8. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the ship to number:

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship To

field. Skip to Step 11.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

9. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The

available customer locations appear.

How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS 15-5

Page 523: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

11. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

12. Tab to the Reference field, and perform the following steps to enter a reference number for the customer:

IF the distribution center… THEN… Does not ship original equipment (OE),

Enter the customer’s original customer purchase order number, *, and the original order number in the Reference field.

Does ship original equipment (OE),

• For Toyota USA: Enter the dock code, manifest, and card number without any separators.

• For Mercedes, Dept. 592: Enter the release number.

• For all other customers at a DC that ships original equipment (OE): Enter the customer’s purchase order number or Future III shipper number, if no purchase order is available.

13. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

IF the order… THEN enter… Does Not pertain to Volvo or Mack,

An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE, The order number.

Is Mack OE, The requisition number.

14. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate customer type preceded by a decimal.

15-6 How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS

Page 524: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries as a negative number.

16. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes,

then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS 15-7

Page 525: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

18. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter to accept the credit/shortage.

19. Continue to enter credits, or press F3 to exit.

15-8 How to Enter a Credit – Shortage CS

Page 526: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR

Introduction Refused credit is the data entry to give funds back to the customer for merchandise the customer will not accept on delivery. The customer may refuse all or part of a shipment.

Procedure To enter a credit for refused products, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Credit – Refused CR, on the command line.

How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR 15-9

Page 527: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

15-10 How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR

Page 528: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press F6. The Credit – Refused CR screen appears.

6. Tab to the Order Date field, and enter the date of the original order.

7. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the ship to number for the customer who returned the batteries:

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship To

field. Skip to Step 10.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR 15-11

Page 529: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

9. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

10. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

11. Tab to the Reference field, and perform the following steps to enter a reference number for a customer:

IF the distribution center… THEN… Does not ship original equipment (OE),

Enter the customer’s original customer purchase order number, *, and the original order number.

Does ship original equipment (OE),

• For Toyota USA: Enter the dock code, manifest, and card number without any separators.

• For Mercedes, Dept. 592: Enter the release number.

• For all other customers at a DC that ships original equipment (OE): Enter the customer’s purchase order number or Future III shipper number, if no purchase order is available.

12. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

IF the order… THEN enter…

Does Not pertain to Volvo or Mack,

An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE, The order number.

Is Mack OE, The requisition number.

13. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate customer type preceded by a decimal.

15-12 How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR

Page 530: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of items to be credited as a negative number.

15. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes,

then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR 15-13

Page 531: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

17. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter.

18. Continue to enter credits, or press F3 to exit.

15-14 How to Enter a Credit – Refused CR

Page 532: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD

Introduction Occasionally, the Exide customer receives batteries that are non-salable due to circumstances beyond Exide’s control. The batteries must be returned to the distribution center to enable the Exide customer to receive credit for the damaged batteries.

Procedure To enter a damage credit, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Credit – Damage CD, on the command line.

How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD 15-15

Page 533: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

15-16 How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD

Page 534: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press F6. The Credit – Damage CD screen appears.

6. Tab to the Order Date field, and enter the date of the original order.

7. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the ship to number for the customer who returned the batteries:

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship To

field. Skip to Step 10.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD 15-17

Page 535: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

9. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

10. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

11. Tab to the Reference field, and perform the following steps to enter a reference number for a customer:

IF the distribution center… THEN… Does not ship original equipment (OE),

Enter the customer’s original customer purchase order number, *, and the original order number.

Does ship original equipment (OE),

• For Toyota USA: Enter the dock code, manifest, and card number without any separators.

• For Mercedes, Dept. 592: Enter the release number.

• For all other customers at a DC that ships original equipment (OE): Enter the customer’s purchase order number or Future III shipper number, if no purchase order is available.

12. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

13.

IF the order… THEN enter… Does Not pertain to Volvo or Mack,

An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE, The order number.

Is Mack OE, The requisition number.

14. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate customer type preceded by a decimal.

15-18 How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD

Page 536: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of batteries as a negative number.

How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD 15-19

Page 537: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16. Tab to the LT (line type) field, and perform the following steps to identify the line types:

a. Enter CN on the line to give the customer credit.

b. Enter CI on the last line to adjust the inventory.

Note: Enter the batteries as 8900007.

17. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of batteries as a negative number.

18. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes,

then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

15-20 How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD

Page 538: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit.

19. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

20. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter.

21. Continue to enter credits, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD 15-21

Page 539: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-22 How to Enter a Credit – Damage CD

Page 540: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Credit Only CC

Introduction The Exide customer calls to validate a credit that they should have received for Accounts Receivable as a disputed item. The credit is checked by Exide. The inventory at the corresponding distribution center has been reconciled. Due to the reconciliation of the inventory, the Exide customer is issued a credit for the batteries without inventory impact.

Procedure To enter a credit, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Credit Only, on the command line.

How to Enter a Credit Only CC 15-23

Page 541: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

5. Press F6. The Credit Only CC screen appears.

15-24 How to Enter a Credit Only CC

Page 542: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. .Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter a credit only (CC):

IF the ship to number is… THEN enter… Known, The ship to number in the Ship To

field. Skip to Step 9.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

7. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The

available customer locations appear.

8. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

9. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the ship to number selected.

10. Tab to the Reference field, and perform the following steps to enter a reference number for a customer:

IF the distribution center… THEN… Does not ship original equipment (OE),

Enter the customer’s original customer purchase order number, *, and the original order number.

Does ship original equipment (OE),

• For Toyota USA: Enter the dock code, manifest, and card number without any separators.

• For Mercedes, Dept. 592: Enter the release number.

• For all other customers at a DC that ships original equipment (OE): Enter the customer’s purchase order number or Future III shipper number, if no purchase order is available.

How to Enter a Credit Only CC 15-25

Page 543: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

IF the order… THEN enter… Does Not pertain to Volvo or Mack,

An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE, The order number.

Is Mack OE, The requisition number.

12. Tab to the Item field, and enter the customer type preceded by a decimal.

13. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of batteries to be credited as a negative number.

15-26 How to Enter a Credit Only CC

Page 544: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes, then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit.

15. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

16. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter.

17. Continue to enter transfer orders, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Credit Only CC 15-27

Page 545: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-28 How to Enter a Credit Only CC

Page 546: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL

Introduction Sometimes, the Exide customer has batteries in their inventory that cannot be used. The batteries are removed from the Exide customer’s inventory and entered on a Delivery Exception Report (DER). The returned batteries are entered into the system once they have been received at the DC. The batteries will be tagged as blem.

Procedure To enter a stocklift credit, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 16, Credit – Stocklift CL, on the command line.

How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL 15-29

Page 547: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

5. Press F6. The Credit – Stocklift CL screen appears.

15-30 How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL

Page 548: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the number for the customer who returned the batteries:

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship

To field. Skip to Step 9.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

7. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The

available customer locations appear.

8. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

9. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL 15-31

Page 549: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the Reference field, and enter the return authorization number.

11. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s

purchase order number:

IF the order… THEN enter… Does Not pertain to Volvo or Mack,

An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE, The order number.

Is Mack OE, The requisition number.

12. Tab to the Item field, and enter the customer type preceded by a decimal.

13. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of batteries to be credited as a negative number.

15-32 How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL

Page 550: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Tab to the LT field, and perform the following steps to identify the line type:

a. Enter CN on the lines to give the customer credit.

b. Enter CI on the last line to adjust the inventory.

Note: Enter batteries as a blem, item number 8910460. Later, you can convert to the appropriate item number as a stock adjustment.

15. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes,

then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL 15-33

Page 551: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit.

16. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

17. Press Enter to accept the credit.

18. Continue to enter credits, or press F3 to exit.

15-34 How to Enter a Credit – Stocklift CL

Page 552: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP

Introduction The Exide customer has batteries in inventory that cannot be used. The batteries are removed from the Exide customer’s inventory and entered on a Delivery Exception Report (DER). The returned batteries are entered into the system once they have been received at the distribution center. The batteries will be tagged as blem.

Procedure To enter a rotations credit, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 17, Credit – Rotations CP, on the command line.

How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP 15-35

Page 553: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

15-36 How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP

Page 554: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press F6. The Credit – Rotations CP screen appears.

6. Tab to the Ship To field, and enter the number for the customer who returned the batteries.

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship To

field, and skip to Step 9.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP 15-37

Page 555: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

8. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

9. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

10. Tab to the Reference field, and enter a reference number for the customer.

11. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

IF the order… THEN enter… Does Not pertain to Volvo or Mack,

An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE, The order number.

Is Mack OE, The requisition number.

12. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate customer type preceded by a decimal.

13. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries as a negative number.

14. Tab to the LT field, and perform the following steps to identify the line type:

a. Enter CN on the lines to credit the customer.

b. Enter CI on the last line to adjust the inventory.

Note: Enter batteries as a blem, 8910460. Later, convert to the appropriate item number as a stock adjustment.

15-38 How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP

Page 556: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes, then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit, and return to the Credit – Rotations CP screen.

16. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

17. Press Enter. The data is saved.

18. Continue to enter credits, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP 15-39

Page 557: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-40 How to Enter a Credit – Rotations CP

Page 558: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP

Introduction Sometimes Kmart has batteries in inventory that cannot be used. The batteries are removed from Kmart’s inventory and entered on a Delivery Exception Report (DER). The returned batteries are entered into the system once they have been received at the distribution center. The batteries will be tagged as blem.

Procedure To enter a rotations credit, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 17, Credit – Rotations CP, on the command line.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP 15-41

Page 559: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

15-42 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP

Page 560: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press F6. The Credit – Rotations CP screen appears.

6. Tab to the Ship To field.

7. Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

8. Enter the 3-digit department number (for example, 078) and the 4-digit store number (for

example, 3009) in the Alpha Name field.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP 15-43

Page 561: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

Note: In this example, the 3-digit department code and the 4-digit store code are represented in 0783009.

10. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option)

field.

Note: Notice that, for this example, the R in 078-3009R/K MART CORPORATION represents rotations. Here, you would select this Ship To to return blem batteries from Kmart. For a return from a Penske Ship To, you would select 078-3009/PENSKE AUTO CENTERS.

11. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

12. Tab to the Reference field, and enter a reference number for the customer.

13. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate customer type preceded by a decimal.

14. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries as a negative number.

15-44 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP

Page 562: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Tab to the LT field, and perform the following steps to identify the line type:

a. Enter CN on the lines to credit the customer.

b. Enter CI on the last line to adjust the inventory.-

Note: Enter batteries as a blem, 8910460. Later, convert to the appropriate item number as a stock adjustment.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP 15-45

Page 563: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

17. Press Enter. The data is saved.

18. Continue to enter credits, or press F3 to exit.

15-46 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Rotations CP

Page 564: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Introduction An Exide customer will give notification that a specified number of junk batteries need to be picked up from their location.

Procedure To enter a credit for customer junks, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 18, Credit – Customer Junks CJ, on the command line.

How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-47

Page 565: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

15-48 How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Page 566: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press F6. The Credit – Customer Junks CJ screen appears.

6. Tab to the Order Date field, and enter the date that the batteries were picked up from the

junk ticket.

7. Tab to the Ship To field, and enter the number for the customer who returned the batteries.

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship To

field, and skip to Step 10.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-49

Page 567: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

9. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

10. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

11. Tab to the Reference field, and enter the junk ticket number.

12. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

IF the order… THEN enter… Does Not pertain to Volvo or Mack,

An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE, The order number.

Is Mack OE, The requisition number.

13. Press F5. The Available Templates screen appears.

15-50 How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Page 568: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Press Enter. The Junk Template option appears on the Available Templates screen.

Note: Ensure that the Address Number field is blank before you press Enter.

15. Enter 4 in the O field (option) beside the JUNK template.

16. Press Enter. The Order Template screen for junk appears.

Note: Press F4 to view additional data for the junk items.

How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-51

Page 569: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the quantity of the junk item as a negative number.

18. Press Enter. The quantity is accepted.

Note: Do not enter the quantities again.

19. Press F3 to exit the Order Template screen. The Credit – Customer Junks CJ screen appears and displays the selected item number and quantity.

15-52 How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Page 570: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

20. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

21. Press Enter to accept the data.

22. Continue to enter junks for pick up, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-53

Page 571: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-54 How to Enter a Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Page 572: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Introduction On occasion, Kmart will give notification that a specified number of junk batteries need to be picked up from a Kmart location.

Procedure To enter a credit for (Kmart) customer junks, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 18, Credit – Customer Junks CJ, on the command line.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-55

Page 573: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. A caution message appears reminding you to enter a negative number for the credits.

15-56 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Page 574: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press F6. The Credit – Customer Junks CJ screen appears.

6. Tab to the Order Date field, and enter the date that the batteries were picked up from the

junk ticket.

7. Tab to the Ship To field.

8. Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

9. Enter the 3-digit department number (for example, 078) and the 4-digit store number (for

example, 3009) in the Alpha Name field.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-57

Page 575: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

Note: In this example, the 3-digit department code and the 4-digit store code are represented in 0783009.

11. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option)

field.

Note: Notice that, for this example, the J in 078-3009J/K MART CORPORATION represents customer junks. In this example, you would select this Ship To to receive junk battery returns from Kmart. For a junk return from a Penske Ship To, you would select 078-3009/PENSKE AUTO CENTERS.

12. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

13. Tab to the Reference field, and enter the junk ticket number.

14. Press F5. The Available Templates screen appears.

15-58 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Page 576: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter. The Junk Template option appears on the Available Templates screen.

Note: Ensure that the Address Number field is blank before you press Enter.

16. Enter 4 in the O field (option) beside the JUNK template.

17. Press Enter. The Order Template screen for junk appears.

Note: Press F4 to view additional data for the junk items.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-59

Page 577: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

18. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the quantity of the junk item as a negative number.

19. Press Enter. The quantity is accepted.

Note: Do not enter the quantities again.

20. Press F3 to exit the Order Template screen. The Credit – Customer Junks CJ screen appears and displays the selected item number and quantity.

15-60 How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ

Page 578: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

21. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

22. Press Enter to accept the data.

23. Continue to enter junks for pick up, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter a Kmart Credit – Customer Junks CJ 15-61

Page 579: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-62

Page 580: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Confirm Credits

Introduction Use the confirm credit function to verify that a customer received credit for returned batteries. This function also receives the returned batteries back into inventory.

Procedure To confirm credits, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 11, Confirm Credit, on the command line.

15-63How to Confirm CreditsHow to Confirm Credits How to Confirm CreditsHow to Confirm Credits

Page 581: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Receiving Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter the return order number in the Order# field.

15-64 How to Confirm Credits

Page 582: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The data for the return appears.

Note: If the quantity for the credit was not entered as a negative number in order processing, a message stating the number was entered as a positive quantity appears.

How to Confirm Credits 15-65

Page 583: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press F5 to receive the customer return into inventory. The screen now displays with nothing in the Quantity To Receive field because the items have been received. The status bumps to 580.

8. Press F3 to exit.

15-66 How to Confirm Credits

Page 584: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Introduction A customer may need to place an order to re-supply their inventory. The distribution center will be, in some instances, required to enter the order and get the merchandise to the customer promptly or process an “over” shipment.

Procedure To enter a customer sales order for PARC, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Order Processing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry Menu screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 15-67

Page 585: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 2, Customer Sales Orders, on the command line.

15-68 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 586: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Customer Sales Order SG screen appears.

6. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the ship to number:

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship

To field. Skip to Step 9.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 15-69

Page 587: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code in the Alpha Name field, and press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

8. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

9. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

10. Tab to the Requested field, and enter the customer’s requested delivery date.

11. Tab to the Reference field, and perform the following steps to enter the customer’s purchase order number:

IF the customer… THEN enter… Is not Toyota USA or Mercedes, Dept. 592,

The customer’s purchase order number, or, if there is no purchase order number, the Future III Shipper number, in the Reference field.

Is Toyota USA, The dock code, manifest, and card number without any separators.

Is Mercedes, Dept. 592, The release number.

Note: Any alpha characters contained in the purchase order number must be uppercase.

12. Tab to the Customer# field, and perform the following steps to enter an alternate customer number, if necessary:

IF the customer sales order… THEN enter…

Is a Future III customer, An alternate customer number or Future III shipper number, if applicable.

Is Volvo OE and Mack OE, The “Ordno” for Volvo, or the “Req. #” for Mack, not the PO#.

15-70 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 588: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Tab to the Item field, and enter the appropriate customer type preceded by a decimal.

14. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the quantity ordered.

15. Tab to the O (Options) field, and if the customer is Original Equipment (OE) Mercedes, then perform the following steps:

a. Enter 2.

b. Press Enter, and the Associated Text window appears.

c. Enter each “ran#” on a separate line.

d. Press Enter.

e. Press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 15-71

Page 589: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

17. Press N in the prompt to NOT accept the order, then press Enter.

15-72 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 590: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

18. Press F15, and the Order Heading Information screen appears.

19. Tab to the Ordered By field, and enter the customer name.

20. Press Enter twice, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

21. Enter Y in the prompt to accept the order, then press Enter. You have now entered a customer sales order.

22. Continue to enter orders, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG 15-73

Page 591: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-74 How to Enter Customer Sales Orders SG

Page 592: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX

Introduction This function allows you to place an order for a sale to an employee or to enter a casual sale.

Procedure To enter an order for an employee, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 19, Order Processing Menu on the command line.

How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX 15-75

Page 593: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

5. Enter option 3, Employee/Casual SX, on the command line.

15-76 How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX

Page 594: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Employee/Casual Sales SX screen appears.

7. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the casual sales or

employee sales customer number:

IF the ship to number is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship

To field. Skip to Step 10.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX 15-77

Page 595: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Type the appropriate 3-digit department code of 402 ES (employee sale) or CS (casual sale), and the 3-digit business unit in the Alpha Name field.

9. Press Enter. The available customer locations appear.

10. Locate the appropriate customer location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option)

field.

11. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

12. Tab to the Requested field, and enter the customer’s requested delivery date.

13. Tab to the Reference field, and enter the current month and year.

14. Tab to the Item field, and enter the blem or finished battery number.

15-78 How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX

Page 596: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the required number of batteries.

How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX 15-79

Page 597: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16. Press Enter, and the “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

17. Type Y to accept the order, and then press Enter.

18. Continue to enter orders, or press F3 to exit.

15-80 How to Enter Employee/Casual Sales SX

Page 598: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO

Introduction Currently the Exide locations are in the process of being converted to the JD Edwards systems. If an order ships to a non-JDE Exide location, enter it as an “EO” document type.

Procedure To enter orders to Exide non-JDE EO, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 19, PARC Order Processing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Orders to Exide Non JDE EO, on the command line.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO 15-81

Page 599: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Orders to Exide Non JDE EO screen appears.

6. Tab to the Ship To field, and press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

15-82 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO

Page 600: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Type Exide and the non-JDE location name in the Alpha Name field, for example, Exide Reading.

8. Tab to the Search Type field, and type L.

9. Press Enter to select the location from a list.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO 15-83

Page 601: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the appropriate location, and type 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

11. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship-to number.

15-84 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO

Page 602: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Tab to the Requested field, and enter the date of the requested delivery.

13. Press Enter to accept the data.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO 15-85

Page 603: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Press Enter. The Sales Order Entry screen appears.

15. Tab to Item field, and enter the basic battery number or the finished battery number.

16. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the quantity ordered.

15-86 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO

Page 604: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Press Enter. The message “Enter ‘Y’ to record order” appears.

18. Type Y to accept the order, and then press Enter.

19. Continue to enter orders, or press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO 15-87

Page 605: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-88 How to Enter Orders to Exide Non-JDE EO

Page 606: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI

Introduction This function allows you to transfer batteries to the smelter. A conversion to pounds should occur prior to entering a transfer to the smelter.

Procedure To enter a transfer order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 19, Order Processing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

4. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI 15-89

Page 607: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 5, Junk Shipments to Smelter SI, on the command line.

15-90 How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI

Page 608: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter, and the Junk Shipments to Smelter SI screen appears.

7. Tab to the Ship To field, and perform the following steps to enter the smelter location:

IF the ship to location is… THEN… Known, Enter the ship to number in the Ship To

field. Skip to Step 12.

Unknown, Press F1 to access the Name Search screen.

8. Type the appropriate smelter location in the Alpha Name field.

9. Tab to the Search Type field, and enter an L.

How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI 15-91

Page 609: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The available locations matching the search criteria appear.

11. Locate the appropriate smelter location from the list, and enter 4 (Select) in the O (option) field.

12. Press Enter, and the Ship To field automatically populates with the correct ship to number.

13. Tab to the Reference field, and enter the weight ticket number.

14. Tab to the Delivery Instr field, and enter the trailer number for the items.

15. Press Enter twice, and the Sales Order Entry detail screen appears.

16. Tab to the Item field, and perform the following step to enter the item going to the smelter:

IF the items are… THEN enter…

Batteries, 10201.

Wheel weights, 10404.

15-92 How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI

Page 610: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

17. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of pounds to transfer to the smelter.

Note: A conversion to pounds should have occurred prior to the entry of transfers.

How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI 15-93

Page 611: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

18. Press Enter. The “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

19. Press Enter. The transfer order is accepted.

20. Continue to enter transfer orders, or press F3 to exit.

15-94 How to Enter Junk Shipments to Smelter SI

Page 612: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Enter Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT

Introduction A transfer order is an interplant inventory transfer of stock between two JD Edwards locations.

Procedure To enter a transfer order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry Menu screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Transfer to JDE DC, on the command line.

How to Enter Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT 15-95

Page 613: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT screen appears.

6. Tab to the Ship Frm Brn field, and enter the branch/plant shipping the order.

7. Tab to the Ship To Brn field, and enter the branch/plant receiving the order.

8. Tab to the Item Number field, and enter the item(s) to transfer.

15-96 How to Enter Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT

Page 614: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Quantity field, and enter the number of items to transfer.

How to Enter Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT 15-97

Page 615: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The “Enter ‘Y’ to Record Order” prompt appears.

11. Press Enter. The transfer order is accepted.

12. Continue to enter transfer orders, or press F3 to exit.

15-98 How to Enter Transfer to JDE DC ST/OT

Page 616: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Assign a Pick Number

Introduction After entering an order, you must then assign a pick number to the order.

Procedure To assign a pick number, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry Menu screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Assign a Pick Number 15-99

Page 617: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 8, Assign Pick Number, on the command line.

6. Press Enter. The Assign Pick Number screen appears.

15-100 How to Assign a Pick Number

Page 618: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the Order Number row, and enter the appropriate value from the following table in the Value column:

TO assign a pick number to… THEN type… A single order or list of orders, *VALUE in the Value column. Press Enter twice,

and the Values for : Order Number screen appears. Enter the order number(s) to be assigned a pick number.

All orders, *ALL in the Value column. Press Enter. The Values for : Order Type screen appears.

8. Press Enter twice, and the message “Assign Pick Number submitted to batch” appears.

How to Assign a Pick Number 15-101

Page 619: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Type 33 on the command line.

15-102 How to Assign a Pick Number

Page 620: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter, and the Work with Submitted Jobs screen appears.

11. Verify that the job has a status of OUTQ.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Assign a Pick Number 15-103

Page 621: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15-104 How to Assign a Pick Number

Page 622: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

PARC Truck Routing Module

How to Manually Route an Order

Introduction An order may need to be manually routed when assigning it to a trip.

Procedure To manually route an order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Manually Route an Order 16-1

Page 623: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

16-2 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 624: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

5. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry Menu screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 14, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip-Assignment - Trip Build screen appears.

How to Manually Route an Order 16-3

Page 625: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press F6 to assign a new trip number. The Trip Number field displays a trip number generated by the system.

16-4 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 626: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the Trp Seq field and enter the sequence for the trip.

9. Tab to the Pick Number field and enter the pick number.

10. Press Enter.

How to Manually Route an Order 16-5

Page 627: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. If you know the carrier, trailer, or door information, press F8 to display the Trip Master Maintenance screen.

12. Tab to the Carrier Nbr field. The default entry is the Exide carrier. Press F1 to select a

third-party carrier.

13. Tab to the Description field and enter a brief description for the trip.

14. Tab to the Trailer Number and enter the trailer number on which the batteries will be loaded.

16-6 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 628: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Tab to the Door Nbr field and enter the door number from which the trip will be placed.

16. Tab to the Seal Number field and enter the seal number on the truck.

17. Tab to the Driver Name field and enter the name of the truck driver.

How to Manually Route an Order 16-7

Page 629: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

18. Tab to the Scheduled Departure field and enter the date the shipment will leave the distribution center.

19. Press Enter. The Trip Assignment - Trip Build screen reappears.

20. Enter additional trips or press F3 to exit.

16-8 How to Manually Route an Order

Page 630: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip

Introduction Occasionally after a trip has been created, a new pick number may need to be added.

Procedure To manually add a pick number to an existing trip, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip 16-9

Page 631: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 14, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip-Assignment - Trip Build screen appears.

16-10 How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip

Page 632: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter the appropriate trip number in the Trip Number field, then press Enter. The trip appears on the screen.

7. Tab to the next available field in the Trp Seq column and enter the sequence number for the

pick to be added.

8. Tab to the Pick Number column and enter the pick number to be added to the trip.

Note: If the pick number to be added belongs to an existing ship to on the trip, enter the same sequence number so that all of the information prints on one Bill of Lading.

How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip 16-11

Page 633: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter to accept the pick.

10. Continue to add new pick numbers to the trip or press F3 to exit.

16-12 How to Manually Add to an Existing Trip

Page 634: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip

Introduction A routed order may need to be manually removed from a trip.

Procedure To manually remove a routed order, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip 16-13

Page 635: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 14, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip-Assignment - Trip Build screen appears.

6. Enter the appropriate trip number in the Trip Number field, and then press Enter. The trip appears on the screen.

7. Enter a 9 in the OP column by the sequence to be removed, and then press Enter. The

sequence is removed from the trip.

8. Remove additional routed orders or press F3 to exit.

16-14 How to Manually Remove a Pick from a Trip

Page 636: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip

Introduction Orders on a trip may need to be manually re-sequenced on a truck prior to shipment.

Procedure To manually re-sequence orders, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip 16-15

Page 637: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 14, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip-Assignment - Trip Build screen appears.

6. Enter the appropriate trip number in the Trip Number field, and then press Enter. The trip

appears.

16-16 How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip

Page 638: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to Trp Seq column for the first pick number to re-sequence. Enter the new sequence number.

8. Continue to manually re-sequence the orders on a trip. When finished, press Enter to accept the changes.

9. Continue to re-sequence orders or press F3 to quit.

How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip 16-17

Page 639: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16-18 How to Manually Re-sequence Orders on a Trip

Page 640: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Trip Master Inquiry screen allows you to assign carriers, designated doors, and other data to trips leaving a distribution center.

Procedure To use the Trip Master Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry Menu screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen 16-19

Page 641: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 15, Trip Master Inquiry, on the command line.

6. Press Enter. The Trip Master Inquiry screen appears.

16-20 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Page 642: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Perform one of the following steps:

IF the trip number… THEN… You want to edit or display appears on the screen,

Skip to Step 9.

You want to edit or display is not displayed on the screen,

Enter the desired trip number in the Position To field and press Enter. The Trip Master Inquiry screen appears with the selected trip number at the top of the list.

8. Tab to the appropriate OP field (option), and perform one of the following steps:

IF you want to… THEN… Display trip data, Type 5. Press Enter. The Trip Master

Maintenance screen appears displaying the trip data. Skip to Step 9.

Edit trip data, Type 2. Press Enter. The Trip Master Maintenance screen appears displaying the trip data.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen 16-21

Page 643: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Change or add information as needed.

Note: Not all fields can be changed.

10. Press Enter. The changes are saved.

11. Press F3 to return to the Trip Master Inquiry screen.

12. Select another trip number for display or editing, or press F3 to return to the DC Routing Menu screen.

16-22 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Page 644: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment - Trip Build Screen

Introduction The Trip Assignment - Trip Build screen enables you to inquire on information about trips and print pick tickets to give to the floor for order fulfillment.

Procedure To utilize the Trip Master Maintenance screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN…

Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press Enter. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment - Trip Build Screen 16-23

Page 645: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 14, Trip Assignment - Trip Build, on the command line, then press Enter. The Trip Assignment - Trip Build screen appears.

16-24 How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment - Trip Build Screen

Page 646: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field, then press Enter. The trip information appears.

7. Press F5 to print all the pick tickets associated with the trip.

Note: To print a specific pick ticket, tab to the OP field next to the pick number to be printed and type 1. Then press F5 to print the pick ticket.

8. Press F3 to exit.

How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment - Trip Build Screen 16-25

Page 647: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16-26 How to Print Pick Tickets from the Trip Assignment - Trip Build Screen

Page 648: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen

Introduction The Trip Master Maintenance screen allows you to select a carrier and designate a door, among other functions, for trips leaving a distribution center.

Procedure To utilize the Trip Master Maintenance screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press Enter. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

5. Enter option 16, Trip Master Maintenance, on the command line.

How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen 16-27

Page 649: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Trip Master Maintenance screen appears.

7. Enter the trip number in the Trip Nbr field, then press Enter. The trip information appears.

16-28 How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen

Page 650: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter information in the appropriate fields. The following fields are required:

Field Description Carrier Nbr Defaults to the Exide carrier but can be changed to a third-

party carrier by pressing F1. Door Nbr Must be entered prior to truck loading. Scheduled Departure Can be utilized to keep track of trips shipping on schedule.

Note: The other fields are not required, although they may help you better track the trip.

9. Press Enter to accept the data.

10. Enter additional trips or press F3 to exit.

How to Manually Route an Order 16-29

Page 651: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

16-30 How to Use the Trip Master Maintenance Screen

Page 652: JDE Distribution Manual

PARC Order Fulfillment Module

How to Perform Pick Verification

Introduction The Pick Verification function allows you to perform several tasks: • Pick verify pre-finished batteries • Pick verify an order for order fulfillment • Partial-pick an order when there is not enough inventory • Create a new serial number while picking an order • Pack confirm an order Procedure To perform pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Perform Pick Verification 17-1

Page 653: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

17-2 How to Perform Pick Verification

Page 654: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch/plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

5. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch/plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 18, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

How to Perform Pick Verification 17-3

Page 655: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

8. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

17-4 How to Perform Pick Verification

Page 656: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

10. Tab to the Qty Picked field that corresponds to the appropriate GNB Type field, and enter

the quantity of batteries to pick for that type.

How to Perform Pick Verification 17-5

Page 657: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Press Enter. The quantity on hand (Qty On Hand field) decreases and the quantity picked (Qty Picked field) increases.

12. Press F2 to close the pallet and print the pallet tags.

13. Press F3 twice to exit.

17-6 How to Perform Pick Verification

Page 658: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Introduction On occasion, you might want to add batteries to a pallet using the pick verification function.

Procedure To add to a pallet in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch/plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch/plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 17-7

Page 659: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 18, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

17-8 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 660: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

8. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1 beside the order you are adding to.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 17-9

Page 661: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press F6. The Pallet Inquiry screen appears.

10. Enter 4 in the Sel field next to the pallet number that will receive the batteries.

17-10 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 662: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

Note: The pallet number displays in the Pallet Number field.

12. Tab to the Sel field corresponding to the pick number, and enter 1.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 17-11

Page 663: JDE Distribution Manual

13. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

14. Tab to the Qty Picked field for the desired customer type, and enter the number of batteries

to add.

17-12 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 664: JDE Distribution Manual

15. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen updates by decreasing the quantity to pick, updating the total picked, and the batteries are added. (See line 4.)

16. Press F2 to close the pallet and print a new barcode.

17. Press F3 to exit the screen.

How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification 17-13

Page 665: JDE Distribution Manual

17-14 How to Add to a Pallet in Pick Verification

Page 666: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Introduction Use this function to “unpick” batteries when an order of batteries is picked. Procedure To unpick batteries in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch/plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch/plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 17-15

Page 667: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 18, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

17-16 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 668: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

8. Tab to the desired Sel field, and enter 1 beside the order you want to unpick.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 17-17

Page 669: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press F6. The Pallet Inquiry screen appears.

10. Enter 4 in the Sel field next to the pallet number from which you are unpicking batteries.

17-18 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 670: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

Note: The pallet number appears in the Pallet Number field.

12. Tab to the Sel field corresponding to the pick number for which you are unpicking batteries,

and enter 1.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 17-19

Page 671: JDE Distribution Manual

13. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

14. Tab to the Qty Picked field for the desired customer type, and enter a negative number of

batteries to unpick.

17-20 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 672: JDE Distribution Manual

15. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears with the unpicked quantity of batteries subtracted from the Total Picked field.

16. Press F2 to close the pallet and print a new barcode only if other batteries still exist on the

pallet.

17. Press F3 to exit the screen.

How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification 17-21

Page 673: JDE Distribution Manual

17-22 How to Unpick Batteries in Pick Verification

Page 674: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Introduction When a user packs an order in pick verification, the pick is closed. The user can no longer “unpick” pallets. Also, the status changes to 560 (Ship Confirm) and the packing slip prints once the pick is closed.

Procedure To pack an order in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch/plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN…

Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch/plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification 17-23

Page 675: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 18, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

17-24 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Page 676: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

8. Tab to the desired Sel field, and enter 1 beside the order to be packed.

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification 17-25

Page 677: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Qty Updates screen appears.

17-26 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Page 678: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Press F6 to pack the order. The message “Press F6 to Accept Pack Confirm” appears.

Note: If this is a partial pick, the message “Backorders/Cancel exists, F15 to Pack” appears.

How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification 17-27

Page 679: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Perform the following steps to finish packing the order, if necessary:

IF… THEN… All lines of the order are picked, Press F6 again to pack confirm the order.

The order has been partially picked,

Press F15 to pack confirm a partial pick.

Note: If you accidentally pressed F6 and you do not want to backorder, press Enter and then press F3 to exit.

Note: The status of the order changes from 545 (Pick Confirm) to 560 (Shipment Confirm). The status code appears in the Status field and a packing slip is generated.

12. Press F3 twice to exit.

17-28 How to Pack (Close) an Order in Pick Verification

Page 680: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification

Procedure To print a packing slip in pick verification, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch/plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch/plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification 17-29

Page 681: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 18, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

17-30 How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification

Page 682: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

8. Tab to the desired Sel field and enter 1 beside the order to be picked.

9. Press F5 to print the packing slip.

10. The packing slip prints on the default printer.

11. Press F3 twice to exit.

How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification 17-31

Page 683: JDE Distribution Manual

17-32 How to Print a Packing Slip in Pick Verification

Page 684: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Introduction Use this process to reprint a pallet label using pick verification.

Procedure To reprint pallet labels, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch/plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch/plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification 17-33

Page 685: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 18, Pick Verification Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears.

6. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

17-34 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Page 686: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The pick verification data for the selected trip number appears on the screen.

8. Tab to the desired Sel field, and enter 1 in the field that corresponds to the desired pick

number.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification 17-35

Page 687: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press F6. The Pallet Inquiry screen appears.

10. Enter 4 in the Sel field next to the pallet for which you are reprinting the label.

17-36 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Page 688: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Press Enter. The Pick Verification Entry screen appears. The pallet number displays in the Pallet Number field.

12. Press F2 to print the pallet label on the default printer.

13. Press F3 twice to exit.

How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification 17-37

Page 689: JDE Distribution Manual

17-38 How to Reprint a Pallet Label in Pick Verification

Page 690: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Introduction Perform a pallet adjustment when you need to move batteries from one pallet to another.

Procedure To use picked pallet maintenance, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, OVERAGES – Order Entry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Overage Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 19, Picked Pallet Maintenance, on the command line, then press Enter. The Picked Pallet Maintenance screen appears.

5. Enter the pallet number from which the batteries are being moved in the From Pallet Serial

# field.

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance 17-39

Page 691: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Tab to the To Pallet Serial # field, and perform the following steps as necessary:

IF you want to move batteries… THEN… From an existing pallet to a new pallet,

Skip to Step 11.

From one existing pallet to another existing pallet within the same pick,

Enter the pallet number that is receiving the batteries.

17-40 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Page 692: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. Pallet data appears on the Picked Pallet Maintenance screen.

8. Enter the quantity (of each customer type) to be moved in the appropriate Quantity field, and

press F5. The screen appears with the “Press F5 to Confirm Pallet Move” prompt.

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance 17-41

Page 693: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press F5 to confirm the pallet move. The quantity in the From Quantity field reflects the change.

10. Skip to Step 14.

17-42 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Page 694: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Press Enter. Pallet data appears on the Picked Pallet Maintenance screen.

12. Enter the quantity (of each customer type) to be moved in the corresponding Quantity field,

and press F6. The screen appears with the “Press F6 to Confirm Pallet Move.”

How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance 17-43

Page 695: JDE Distribution Manual

13. Press F6. The screen appears with the “Last Serial Number Created.” message and identifies the serial number created.

14. Press F3 to exit the Picked Pallet Maintenance screen.

17-44 How to Use Picked Pallet Maintenance

Page 696: JDE Distribution Manual

PARC Truck Loading Through Confirm Shipment Module

How to Perform Truck Loading

Introduction A PARC user loading a truck will need to view completed orders and sequence numbers, assign trip numbers to loading docks, and modify trip information.

Procedure To truckload for PARC, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Perform Truck Loading 18-1

Page 697: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

18-2 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 698: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

5. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press Enter. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 20, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

How to Perform Truck Loading 18-3

Page 699: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Enter option 1, Truck Loading, on the command line.

8. Press Enter. The Truck Loading screen appears.

18-4 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 700: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

10. Press Enter. The trip data appears.

How to Perform Truck Loading 18-5

Page 701: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Scan/enter the serial number on the barcode of the pallet to be loaded onto the truck or rail car. The serial number appears in the Serial# field.

Note: You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually. 12. Scan/enter the door number where the pallet will be loaded in the truck. The door number

appears in the Door field.

18-6 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 702: JDE Distribution Manual

After the door number is entered, the screen updates and displays the message “PALLET _____ LOADED TO TRIP.”

13. Continue to load the truck or press F3 to exit.

How to Perform Truck Loading 18-7

Page 703: JDE Distribution Manual

18-8 How to Perform Truck Loading

Page 704: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Un-Truck Load

Introduction If ever you need to remove a trip from a truck, you must enter the trip number, serial number, and door number into the system.

Procedure To un-truck a load, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Un-Truck Load 18-9

Page 705: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 20, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

18-10 How to Un-Truck Load

Page 706: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter option 1, Truck Loading, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Truck Loading screen appears.

How to Un-Truck Load 18-11

Page 707: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

Note: If all loaded, no data appears.

9. Press Enter. The trip data appears.

18-12 How to Un-Truck Load

Page 708: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Scan/enter the serial number on the barcode of the pallet to be removed from the truck or rail car. The serial number appears in the Serial# field.

Note: You must type an S before the serial number if entering it manually. 11. Scan/enter the door number from which the pallet will be removed. The door number appears

in the Door field.

How to Un-Truck Load 18-13

Page 709: JDE Distribution Manual

After the door number is entered, the screen updates and displays the message “PALLET _____ REMOVED FROM TRIP.”

12. Continue to unload the truck or press F3 to exit.

18-14 How to Un-Truck Load

Page 710: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents)

Introduction Load completing a trip is the process of printing shipping documents that consist of the Bill of Lading and Manifest for the trip.

Procedure To load complete a trip, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN…

Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type… The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message,

then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents) 18-15

Page 711: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 20, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

18-16 How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents)

Page 712: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter option 2, Load Completion, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Load Completion screen appears.

How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents) 18-17

Page 713: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

9. Press Enter. The trip data appears.

18-18 How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents)

Page 714: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Verify the information, then press F7 to print shipping documents. The Load Completion screen displays the message “SHIPPING DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PRINTED.”

11. Continue to load complete or press F3 to exit.

How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents) 18-19

Page 715: JDE Distribution Manual

18-20 How to Perform Load Completion (Print Shipping Documents)

Page 716: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory)

Introduction Trips must be ship confirmed after they have been load completed in order to relieve inventory and update the order statuses to create the invoices. Ship confirming a trip enables:

• Component inventory to be decreased

• Item Ledger to be updated

• On-hand and availability quantities to be changed on the summary availability

• Stock locator to be updated

Procedure To confirm a trip, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory) 18-21

Page 717: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 20, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

18-22 How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory)

Page 718: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter option 3, Confirm Shipment, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Confirm Shipment screen appears.

How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory) 18-23

Page 719: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field.

9. Press Enter. The trip data appears.

10. Verify the information, then press F5 to confirm the shipment. The DC Shipping Menu

screen appears.

11. Continue to confirm shipments or press F3 to exit.

18-24 How to Perform Confirm Shipment (Relieve Inventory)

Page 720: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Reprint Documents

Introduction Reprinting shipping documents enables the printing of the Bill of Lading and Manifest for the trip that has been shipped. Procedure To reprint shipping documents, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Perform the following steps to validate that action is taken against the correct branch plant:

a. Type 80 on the command line.

b. Press Enter. The Maintain Default Location screen appears.

c. Perform the following steps:

IF the branch/plant is… THEN… Correct, Press Enter.

Incorrect, Enter the correct branch/plant in the Branch/Plant field, and press Enter.

4. Enter the appropriate option, based on the appropriate branch plant, on the command line.

IF you wish to act against… THEN type…

The distribution center, 7, and press Enter. Read the caution message, then press F6 to continue. The Overage Order Entry screen appears.

The PARC, 19, and press Enter. The PARC Order Processing Menu screen appears.

How to Reprint Documents 18-25

Page 721: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 20, Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Shipping Menu screen appears.

18-26 How to Reprint Documents

Page 722: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter option 4, Reprint Documents, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Shipping screen appears.

How to Reprint Documents 18-27

Page 723: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Enter the trip number in the Trip Number field, then press Enter. The trip selected appears at the top of the list.

9. Enter 8 in the OP field next to the documents to be reprinted, then press Enter. The Bill of

Lading and Manifest print to the user’s default printer.

10. Continue to reprint shipping documents or press F3 to exit.

18-28 How to Reprint Documents

Page 724: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

PARC Stock Adjustments Module

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Introduction A Type to Type stock adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to another battery type within the PARC center.

Procedure To perform a type to type adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 19-1

Page 725: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

19-2 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 726: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 19-3

Page 727: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter N in the Reason Code field.

7. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

19-4 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 728: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

9. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 19-5

Page 729: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-6 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 730: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination.

12. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

13. Press Enter.

14. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N) 19-7

Page 731: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-8 How to Perform a Type to Type Adjustment (N)

Page 732: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Introduction An Inventory to Corporate Junk adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to a junk battery type within the PARC center.

Procedure To perform an inventory to corporate junk adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J) 19-9

Page 733: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter J in the Reason Code field.

19-10 How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Page 734: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J) 19-11

Page 735: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-12 How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Page 736: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J) 19-13

Page 737: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-14 How to Perform a Corporate Junk Adjustment (J)

Page 738: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)

Introduction An Inventory to Junk stock adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to a junk battery type within the PARC center.

Procedure To perform an inventory to junk adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E) 19-15

Page 739: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

19-16 How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)

Page 740: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter E in the Reason Code field.

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E) 19-17

Page 741: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

19-18 How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)

Page 742: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E) 19-19

Page 743: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

19-20 How to Perform an Inventory to Junk Adjustment (E)

Page 744: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)

Introduction A Recovery from Junk stock adjustment is the process of converting from a junk battery type to another battery type within the PARC center.

Procedure To perform a recover from junk adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K) 19-21

Page 745: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter K in the Reason Code field.

19-22 How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)

Page 746: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Enter the current junk type in the From Type field.

How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K) 19-23

Page 747: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-24 How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)

Page 748: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K) 19-25

Page 749: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-26 How to Perform a Recover from Junk Adjustment (K)

Page 750: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H)

Introduction An Inventory to Blem stock adjustment is the process of converting one battery type to a blem battery type within the PARC center.

Procedure To perform an inventory to blem adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H) 19-27

Page 751: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter H in the Reason Code field.

19-28 How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H)

Page 752: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H) 19-29

Page 753: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-30 How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H)

Page 754: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter 8910460 (blem).

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H) 19-31

Page 755: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-32 How to Perform an Inventory to Blem Adjustment (H)

Page 756: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P)

Introduction A Recover from Blem stock adjustment is the process of converting from a blem battery type to another battery type within the PARC center.

Procedure To perform a recover from blem, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P) 19-33

Page 757: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry appears.

5. Enter P in the Reason Code field.

19-34 How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P)

Page 758: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P) 19-35

Page 759: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-36 How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P)

Page 760: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P) 19-37

Page 761: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-38 How to Perform a Recover from Blem (P)

Page 762: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC)

Introduction A Cycle Count (CC) stock adjustment is the process of adjusting the on-hand quantity of a battery type in a location within the PARC center.

Procedure To perform a cycle count conversion, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC) 19-39

Page 763: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter CC in the Reason Code field.

19-40 How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC)

Page 764: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter, and the Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC) 19-41

Page 765: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the battery type in the Type field.

8. Tab to the Loc field and enter the location.

19-42 How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC)

Page 766: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Enter the number of on-hand batteries in the New Balance field.

10. Press Enter.

11. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC) 19-43

Page 767: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-44 How to Perform a Cycle Count Conversion (CC)

Page 768: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR)

Introduction A receipt of Warranty Batteries stock adjustment is the process of receiving warranty batteries into a facility.

Procedure To perform a WIP receipt adjustment (WR), perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR) 19-45

Page 769: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter a WR (BAF WIP PARC Receipt) type of adjustment in the Reason Code field.

19-46 How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR)

Page 770: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter, and the Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Leave the default type (8900017) in the To Type field.

8. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR) 19-47

Page 771: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

10. Press Enter.

11. Press F3 to exit.

19-48 How to Perform a WIP Receipt Adjustment (WR)

Page 772: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)

Introduction A stock adjustment from Warranty Batteries (WIP) is the process of converting WIP (work in process) batteries to another battery type in a facility.

Procedure To convert WIP batteries to another battery type, perform the followings steps:

Procedure 1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF) 19-49

Page 773: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter a WF (From BAF WIP PARC) type of adjustment in the Reason Code field.

19-50 How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)

Page 774: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter, and the Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Leave the current type in the From Type field.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF) 19-51

Page 775: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-52 How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF)

Page 776: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Conversion from WIP (WF) 19-53

Page 777: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-54

Page 778: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF)

Introduction A Blem Batteries stock adjustment is the process of converting Blem batteries to another type in a facility.

Procedure To perform a conversion from Blem, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF) 19-55

Page 779: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter a BF (From PARC Blem) type of adjustment in the Reason Code field.

19-56 How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF)

Page 780: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter, and the Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Enter 8910460 in the From Type field.

How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF) 19-57

Page 781: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-58 How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF)

Page 782: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF) 19-59

Page 783: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-60 How to Perform a Conversion from Blem (BF)

Page 784: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)

Introduction A stock adjustment from junk batteries is the process of converting junk batteries to another battery type in a facility.

Procedure To perform a type to type adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF) 19-61

Page 785: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter a JF (From PARC Junk) type of adjustment in the Reason Code field.

19-62 How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)

Page 786: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter, and the Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Enter the current type in the From Type field.

How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF) 19-63

Page 787: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

19-64 How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)

Page 788: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF) 19-65

Page 789: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

19-66 How to Perform a Conversion from Junk (JF)

Page 790: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW)

Introduction This stock adjustment is used to convert junk batteries for a shipment to a smelter.

Procedure To perform a conversion of junk EAs to LBs, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 15, Operations-Adjustments, on the command line.

How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW) 19-67

Page 791: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

5. Enter a JW (From PARC Junk) type of adjustment in the Reason Code field.

19-68 How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW)

Page 792: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter, and the Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes.

7. Enter the current type in From Type field.

How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW) 19-69

Page 793: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Tab to the From Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

9. Tab to the Quantity field and enter the number of batteries to adjust.

10. Tab to the To Type field and enter the destination type.

19-70 How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW)

Page 794: JDE Distribution Manual

11. Tab to the To Loc field and change the location if it is other than the default setting.

12. Press Enter.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform a Conversion of Junk EAs to LBs (JW) 19-71

Page 795: JDE Distribution Manual

PARC Cycle Count Module

Introduction Each distribution center will perform a cycle count to reconcile the inventory and to have accurate data in the system. This document lays out the steps in the system to perform during a cycle count.

Procedure To perform a cycle count, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number 20-1

Page 796: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

20-2 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number

Page 797: JDE Distribution Manual

3. Enter option 12, PARC Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Cycle Count menu appears.

Note: All customer and transfer orders are shipped. No orders can be between packed and shipped status. Perform daily balancing to assure that all inventory transactions have been done correctly.

4. Run the Beginning Costed Stock Status report by typing 2 on the command line. This is the

baseline report from which comparisons will be manually calculated. The report is sorted and totaled by G/L Class with an additional sort by third number.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number 20-3

Page 798: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Beginning Costed Stock Status submitted to batch”.

6. Run the Finishing Material report by typing 3 on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Finishing Material submitted to batch”.

20-4 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number

Page 799: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Run the Multiple Serial Locations report by typing 4 on the command line, then pressing Enter.

9. Verify the counts in these locations from the Multiple Serial Locations function. If pallets are found in these locations that do not appear on the report, then run a Stock History by Serial Num. Report by typing 7, then pressing Enter. Use Option 10, Stock Locator Moves, to place the pallet in the proper location.

Note: See “How to Run a Stock History by Serial Number Report” and “How to Perform Stock Locator Moves” for further instructions.

10. Run the Single Serial Locations procedure by typing 5 on the command line, then pressing Enter. If pallets are found in these locations that do not appear on the report, then run a Stock History by Serial Num. report. Use Option 10, Stock Locator Moves, to place the pallet in the proper locations.

11. Run the Non-Serialized Locations report by typing 6 on the command line.

12. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Non-Serialized Locations submitted to batch”.

13. Run the Final Count Keying report to enter the new balances by typing 14 on the command

line, then pressing Enter.

Note: See “How to Enter Final Count Keying” for special instructions on entering the new balances.

14. Run the Final Costed Stock Status report to compare to the Beginning Costed Stock Status by typing 15 on the command line.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number 20-5

Page 800: JDE Distribution Manual

15. Press Enter. The screen displays the message “Final Costed Stock Status submitted to batch”.

16. Press F12 to return to the previous menu.

20-6 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number

Page 801: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number

Introduction The Stock History by Serial Numbers Inquiry screen details all the history for specific serial numbers.

Procedure To inquire on a stock history by serial numbers, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 12, PARC Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Cycle Count menu appears.

4. Enter option 7, Stock History by Serial Num., on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing ML$SER, and enter the search comparison value in the Test

column.

Note: Press F1 in the field to view possible values. 6. Tab to the Value column, and enter the serial number(s) to search.

How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number 20-7

Page 802: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The Display Report screen appears.

8. Press F3 to exit.

20-8 How to Inquire on Stock History by Serial Number

Page 803: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Introduction Each distribution center will perform a cycle count to reconcile the inventory and to have accurate data in the system. This document explains the stock move process during a cycle count.

Procedure To perform a stock locator move, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 12, PARC Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Cycle Count menu appears.

4. Enter option 10, Stock Locator Moves, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Movement Data Entry screen appears.

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves 20-9

Page 804: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 2, Regular Move, on the line.

6. Press Enter. The screen refreshes, displaying a From Location and a To Location field.

20-10 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Page 805: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Enter the appropriate data in the From Location field.

Note: Depending on how the “From Location” field is set in the “Default Location Maintenance”, the program will work in one of three ways:

• 00=No restrictions or validation of pallet move from location • 01=From location is invalid, but F2 accepts the move • 02=Prohibits pallet moves from an invalid from location

How to Perform Stock Locator Moves 20-11

Page 806: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Tab to the To Location field, and enter the appropriate data. The screen automatically updates and a Serial# field appears.

9. Scan/enter the serial number to be moved. The screen automatically refreshes, displaying the Stock Movement Data Entry screen with the From Location and To Location fields. The move is accepted so that the batteries are no longer associated with the serial number.

Note: If entering the serial number manually, type an S before the number.

10. Continue to perform stock moves or press F3 to exit.

20-12 How to Perform Stock Locator Moves

Page 807: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Enter Final Count Keying

Introduction Final count keying is the process to update the locator with the new ending balances from the non-serialized location and finishing material reports. The ending balance must be keyed to allow the system to compute the amount of the adjustment to be made. For any items listed on the non-serialized location and finishing materials reports with a quantity-on-hand, whether positive or negative, the actual count must be keyed. A zero must be keyed if zero was counted.

Procedure To key the final count for a cycle count, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 12, PARC Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Cycle Count menu appears.

4. Enter option 14, Final Count Keying, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

How to Enter Final Count Keying 20-13

Page 808: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter CC in the Reason Code, then press Enter. The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen refreshes and displays additional fields.

6. Enter the battery type in the Type field.

7. Tab to the Loc field, and enter the location.

20-14 How to Enter Final Count Keying

Page 809: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Tab to the New Balance field, and enter the number of on-hand batteries in the location.

Note: Enter 0.00 if zero was counted.

9. Press Enter to accept the data. The original The Stock Adjustments Data Entry screen appears.

10. Press F3 to exit.

How to Enter Final Count Keying 20-15

Page 810: JDE Distribution Manual

20-16 How to Enter Final Count Keying

Page 811: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions

Introduction A Cycle Count (CC) conversion displays the adjustments made to the on-hand quantity of a location’s battery type within the distribution center.

Procedure To perform a cycle count stock adjustment, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 12, PARC Cycle Count Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Cycle Count menu appears.

4. Enter option 16, CC Cycle Count Conversion, on the command line, then press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen appears.

How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions 20-17

Page 812: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Type 2 in the OP column in the row containing CC Conversion (Cycle Count), then press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

6. Tab to the Data Selection row of the “1” column, and type 1.

7. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

20-18 How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions

Page 813: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Tab to the row containing Order Date and enter the order date in the Selection Value column.

9. Press Enter to accept the data.

10. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

11. Press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen appears.

12. Type 1 in the OP column adjacent to CC Conversion (Cycle Count), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Perform CC Cycle Count Conversions 20-19

Page 814: JDE Distribution Manual

PARC Technical Operations Module

How to Work with Active Printers

Introduction The function of working with active printers is to direct the output for a specific machine’s documents.

Procedure To work with active printers, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Work with Active Printers 21-1

Page 815: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

21-2 How to Work with Active Printers

Page 816: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 21, Work with Active Printers, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Work with Writers (WRKWTR) screen appears.

How to Work with Active Printers 21-3

Page 817: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter the device address or number of the printer in the Writer field.

7. Press Enter and the screen refreshes and displays the Output field.

8. Press Enter and the Work with All Printers screen appears.

21-4 How to Work with Active Printers

Page 818: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Locate the device you want to work with and enter the appropriate option (1-8) in the Opt column.

10. Press Enter and the corresponding device screen appears.

How to Work with Active Printers 21-5

Page 819: JDE Distribution Manual

21-6 How to Work with Active Printers

Page 820: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Work with User Spooled Files

Introduction This utility allows you to view or work with a user’s spooled files.

Procedure To work with spooled files, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Work with User Spooled Files 21-7

Page 821: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

21-8 How to Work with User Spooled Files

Page 822: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 20, Work with User Spooled Files, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Work with Spooled Files (WRKSPLF) screen appears.

How to Work with User Spooled Files 21-9

Page 823: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter the user ID in the User field.

Note: The default is *CURRENT, which is the person who is signed on.

7. Press Enter and the Work with All Spooled Files screen appears.

8. Locate the file/job to work with and enter the appropriate action in the Opt column.

9. Press Enter and the corresponding option for the file appears.

10. Press F3 to exit.

21-10 How to Work with User Spooled Files

Page 824: JDE Distribution Manual

Sales Order Reports Module

How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report

Introduction The Open Orders by Customer report enables the viewing of all orders that are not shipped for a specific customer.

Procedure To run an Open Orders by Customer report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report 22-1

Page 825: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

22-2 How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report

Page 826: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report 22-3

Page 827: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter option 21, Sales Reports Menu, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Sales Order Reports Menu screen appears.

22-4 How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report

Page 828: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Enter option 2, Open Orders by Customer, on the command line.

9. Press Enter. The message “Open Orders by Customer submitted to batch” appears at the

bottom of the screen.

10. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report 22-5

Page 829: JDE Distribution Manual

22-6 How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report

Page 830: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run a Customer Backorders Report

Introduction The Customer Backorders report lists the batteries placed on backorder for customers.

Procedure To run a Customer Backorders report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 21, Sales Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Reports Menu screen appears.

5. Enter option 3, Customer Back Orders Report, on the command line.

How to Run a Customer Backorders Report 22-7

Page 831: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The Customer Back Orders Report screen appears.

7. Type 2 in the OP column by the appropriate customer backorder, then press Enter. The

Selective Change Prompt appears.

8. Tab to the Data Selection row of the “1” column, and type 1.

22-8 How to Run a Customer Backorders Report

Page 832: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

10. Enter the appropriate order date in the corresponding Selection Value column.

11. Press Enter to accept the data.

12. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

13. Press Enter. The Customer Back Orders Report screen appears. Anything greater than the date entered will be printed.

How to Run a Customer Backorders Report 22-9

Page 833: JDE Distribution Manual

14. Type 1 in the OP column by Customer Backorders, then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the rows.

15. Press F3 to exit.

22-10 How to Run a Customer Backorders Report

Page 834: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report

Introduction The Open Transfers Orders report lists all transfer orders that are not received.

Procedure To run an Open Transfer Orders report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 21, Sales Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Reports Menu screen appears.

5. Enter option 4, Open Transfer Orders, on the command line.

How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report 22-11

Page 835: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The message “Open Transfer Orders submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

7. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

22-12 How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report

Page 836: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run an Open Orders Report Sum by Day Report

Introduction The Open Orders Report Sum by Day report provides information by customer department regarding past due orders, orders ten days out, and future orders.

Procedure To run an Open Orders Report Sum by Day, perform the following steps:

8. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

9. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

10. Enter option 2, Sales Order Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Report Menu screen appears.

11. Enter option 5, Open Orders Report Sum by Day, on the command line, then press Enter. The Open Orders Report Sum by Day screen appears.

12. Press Enter. The Values for : Order Number Document Company screen appears.

13. Press Enter. The Values for : Order Type screen appears.

How to Run an Open Orders Report Sum by Day Report 22-13

Page 837: JDE Distribution Manual

14. Press Enter. The message “Open Orders Report Sum by Day submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

15. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

22-14 How to Run an Open Orders Report Sum by Day Report

Page 838: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s)

Introduction The Order Service report enables the viewing of the status of orders for Sam’s.

Procedure To run an Order Service report for Sam’s, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line.

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s) 22-15

Page 839: JDE Distribution Manual

3. Press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Sales Order Report Menu, on the command line.

22-16 How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s)

Page 840: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Press Enter. The Sales Order Reports Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 7, Order Service Rpt Sum (Sams), on the command line.

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s) 22-17

Page 841: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The Order Service Rpt Sum (Sams) screen appears.

8. Enter the appropriate data in the following fields.

Field Description 2. Enter From Date (MMDDYY) Enter the beginning date. 3. Enter To Date (MMDDYY) Enter the ending date.

22-18 How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s)

Page 842: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press Enter. The Sales Order Reports Menu screen displays the message “Order Service Rpt Sum (Sams) submitted to batch.”

10. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s) 22-19

Page 843: JDE Distribution Manual

22-20 How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Sam’s)

Page 844: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Wal-Mart)

Introduction The Order Service report enables the viewing of the status of orders for Wal-Mart.

Procedure To run an Order Service report summary for Wal-Mart, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Order Service Rpt Sum (Wal), on the command line.

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Wal-Mart) 22-21

Page 845: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Press Enter. The Order Service Rpt Sum (Wal) screen appears.

6. Enter the appropriate data in the following fields.

Field Description 2. Enter From Date (MMDDYY) Enter the beginning date. 3. Enter To Date (MMDDYY) Enter the ending date.

22-22 How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Wal-Mart)

Page 846: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The Sales Order Reports Menu screen displays the message “Order Service Rpt Sum (Wal) submitted to batch.”

8. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

How to Run an Order Service Report Sum (Wal-Mart) 22-23

Page 847: JDE Distribution Manual

Material Team Reports Module

How to Print Inventory PO’s

Introduction The Print Inventory PO’s function enables the printing of all inventory PO’s for a location.

Procedure To run a Print Inventory PO’s report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Print Inventory PO’s 23-1

Page 848: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

23-2 How to Print Inventory PO’s

Page 849: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 3, Material Team Report Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

23-3 How to Print Inventory PO’s

Page 850: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter option 2, Print Inventory PO’s, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Print Inventory PO’s screen appears.

23-4 How to Print Inventory PO’s

Page 851: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Press Enter. The message “Print Inventory PO’s submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

9. Press F12 to exit the menu.

23-5 How to Print Inventory PO’s

Page 852: JDE Distribution Manual

23-6 How to Print Inventory PO’s

Page 853: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Print Specific Inventory POs

Introduction The Print Specific Inventory PO’s enables the printing of one or more inventory PO’s for a location.

Procedure To run a Print Specific Inventory PO’s report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Print Specific Inventory PO’s, on the command line, then press Enter. The Print Specific Inventory PO’s screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Order Number, and enter the order number of the order to be

printed in the Value column.

Note: If more than one order needs to be re-printed, enter *Value in the Value column in the row containing Order Number.

How to Print Specific Inventory POs 23-7

Page 854: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears, and the message “Print Specific Inventory PO’s submitted to batch” displays at the bottom of the screen.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

23-8 How to Print Specific Inventory POs

Page 855: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Reprint Specific Inventory POs

Introduction The Reprint Specific Inventory PO’s enables the reprinting of one or more inventory PO’s for a location.

Procedure To run a Reprint a Specific Inventory PO’s report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Reprint specific Inventory PO’s, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reprint specific Inventory PO’s screen appears.

How to Reprint Specific Inventory POs 23-9

Page 856: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Press Enter. The Values for : Order Number columns appear.

6. Enter the order(s) to be printed, and field exit after each entry.

7. Press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears, and the message “Reprint specific Inventory PO submitted to batch” displays at the bottom of the screen.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

23-10 How to Reprint Specific Inventory POs

Page 857: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report

Introduction The Purchased Inventory on Order report provides information regarding purchase inventory orders by type, vendor, and quantity.

Procedure To run a Purchased Inventory on Order report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Purchased Inventory on Order, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Purchased Inventory on Order submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report 23-11

Page 858: JDE Distribution Manual

23-12 How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report

Page 859: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report

Introduction The Open Transfer Orders report lists all transfer orders that have not been received.

Procedure To run an Open Transfer Orders report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Open Transfer Orders, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Open Transfer Orders submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report 23-13

Page 860: JDE Distribution Manual

23-14 How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report

Page 861: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run an Open Inventory PO’s by Vendor

Introduction The Open Inventory PO’s by Vendor report provides information regarding open inventory purchase orders by vendor.

Procedure To run a Purchased Inventory on Order report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Open Inventory PO’s by Vendor, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Open Inventory PO’s by Vendor submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run an Open Inventory PO’s by Vendor 23-15

Page 862: JDE Distribution Manual

23-16 How to Run an Open Inventory PO’s by Vendor

Page 863: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report

Introduction The Inventory PO Receipts report displays information of received inventory PO’s for the specified date range.

Procedure To run an Inventory PO Receipts report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Inventory PO Receipts, on the command line, then press Enter. The Inventory PO Receipts screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Inventory PO Receipts, and enter 2 in the OP column.

How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report 23-17

Page 864: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Tab to the row containing G/L Date, and enter 5 in the Opt column.

23-18 How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report

Page 865: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Press Enter. The Query Selection Values screen appears.

11. Enter the appropriate date range of the orders to be printed, then press Enter. The Data

Selection screen reappears.

12. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

13. Press Enter. The Inventory PO Receipts screen reappears.

14. Enter 1 in the OP column in the row containing Inventory PO Receipts

How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report 23-19

Page 866: JDE Distribution Manual

15. Press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the screen.

16. Press F3 to exit.

23-20 How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report

Page 867: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Run a Monthly Conversion List Report

Introduction The monthly conversion list report displays the doc type and transaction quantity for each battery conversion type for a month.

Procedure To run a monthly conversion list report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Monthly Conversion List, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Enter the appropriate dates in the VALUE field for the $DATE field, then press Enter.

How to Run a Monthly Conversion List Report 23-21

Page 868: JDE Distribution Manual

6. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen. Upon completion, the Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

23-22 How to Run a Monthly Conversion List Report

Page 869: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Operations Team Reports Module

How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Basic) Report

Introduction The Inventory Planning Guide is a planning tool used by the distribution center management to plan for future activity at the distribution center. The guide list orders, battery types committed and other pertinent information about specific battery parts.

Procedure To run an Inventory Planning Guide (Basic) report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Basic) Report 24-1

Page 870: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

24-2 How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Basic) Report

Page 871: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Basic) Report 24-3

Page 872: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Inv. Planning Guide (Basic), on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The message “Inv. Plan. Guide (Basic) submitted to batch” appears at the bottom

of the screen.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-4 How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Basic) Report

Page 873: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Finished) Report

Introduction The Inventory Planning Guide is a planning tool used by the distribution center management to plan for future activity at the distribution center. The guide lists orders, battery types on hand, battery types committed and other pertinent information about specific battery parts.

Procedure To run an Inventory Planning Guide (Finished) report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Inv. Planning Guide (Finished), on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Inv. Plan. Guide (Finished) submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Finished) Report 24-5

Page 874: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-6 How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Finished) Report

Page 875: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Components) Report

Introduction The Inventory Planning guide is a planning tool used by the distribution center management to plan for future activity at the distribution center. The guide lists orders, battery types on-hand, battery types committed and other pertinent information about specific battery parts.

Note: In order to have an accurate components guide, you must first run the Basic Battery Inventory Planning Guide.

Procedure To run an Inventory Planning Guide (Components) report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Inv. Planning Guide (Components), on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Inv. Plan. Guide (Components) submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Components) Report 24-7

Page 876: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-8 How to Run an Inventory Planning Guide (Components) Report

Page 877: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Costed Stock Status Report

Introduction The Costed Stock Status report lists the quantity and dollar amount of the current on-hand inventory at the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Costed Stock Status report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Costed Stock Status, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Costed Stock Status submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Costed Stock Status Report 24-9

Page 878: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-10 How to Run a Costed Stock Status Report

Page 879: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report

Introduction The Purchased Inventory on Order report identifies outstanding purchase orders for inventoried items.

Procedure To run a Purchased Inventory on Order report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Purchased Inventory on Order, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Purchased Inventory on Order submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report 24-11

Page 880: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-12 How to Run a Purchased Inventory on Order Report

Page 881: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report

Introduction The Transit Orders In Transit report allows you to view inventory that has left the shipping locations, but has not yet arrived at the receiving location.

Procedure To run Transfer Orders In Transit report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Transfer Orders In Transit, on the command line. The message “ Transfer Orders In Transit submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report 24-13

Page 882: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report DC Report

Introduction A Daily Orders Report DC is a report identifying the orders a distribution center has placed.

Procedure To run a Daily Orders Report DC report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Daily Orders Report DC, on the command line, then press Enter. The Daily Orders Report DC screen appears.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report DC Report 24-14

Page 883: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate data in the fields, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu appears with the message “Daily Orders Report DC submitted to batch.”

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report DC Report 24-15

Page 884: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-16 How to Run a Daily Orders Report DC Report

Page 885: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report

Introduction A Daily Orders Report by Customer is a report identifying the orders placed by a specific customer at a distribution center.

Procedure To run a Daily Orders Report by Customer report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Daily Orders Report By Cust., on the command line, then press Enter. The Daily Orders Report by Cust. screen appears.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report 24-17

Page 886: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate data in the fields, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu appears with the message “Daily Orders Report By Cust. submitted to batch.”

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-18 How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report

Page 887: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Production Recap by Line/User Report

Introduction A Production Recap by Line/User is a report identifying the batteries produced per line per user signed on to the system.

Procedure To run a Production Recap by Line/User report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Production Recap by Line/User, on the command line, then press Enter. The Production Recap by Line/User screen appears.

How to Run a Production Recap by Line/User Report 24-19

Page 888: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate value in the Selection Value column, then press Enter.

6. Press Enter again and the next data entry screen appears.

7. Enter the ranges for time of day and press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu

screen appears with the message, “Production Recap by Line/User submitted to batch.”

24-20 How to Run a Production Recap by Line/User Report

Page 889: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Production Recap by Line/User Report 24-21

Page 890: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-22 How to Run a Production Recap by Line/User Report

Page 891: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Introduction A Battery Activity report enables for the balancing within the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Battery Activity report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Battery Activity, on the command line, then press Enter. The Battery Activity screen appears.

Note: The beginning fiscal date changes once a year at the beginning of the new fiscal year.

Note: The fiscal period changes once a month (01 through 12).

01= April of current fiscal year. 12= March end of current fiscal year.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report 24-23

Page 892: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Validate that the appropriate fiscal period is in the Beginning Fiscal Date and Fiscal Period field. Then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears with the message, “Battery Activity Report submitted to batch.”

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-24 How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Page 893: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a P.O.R.S.

Introduction A P.O.R.S (Production Order Shipping Report) report is a production management report.

Procedure To run a P.O.R.S. report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 12, P.O.R.S., on the command line, then press Enter. The P.O.R.S. screen appears.

5. Enter the production date to be printed in the Calendar date field, then press Enter. The

Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears with the message “P.O.R.S submitted to batch.”

How to Run a P.O.R.S. 24-25

Page 894: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-26 How to Run a P.O.R.S.

Page 895: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a DC Summary Report

Introduction The DC Summary report provides a quick reference to inventory and transactions within the DC.

Procedure To run a DC Summary report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 23, DC Summary Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC summary report screen appears.

How to Run a DC Summary Report 24-27

Page 896: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate information in the available fields, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears with the message “DC summary report submitted to batch.”

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-28 How to Run a DC Summary Report

Page 897: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Plant Shipments Report

Introduction The Plant Shipment report provides the distribution center with a detailed listing of the items shipped from each department.

Procedure To run a Plant Shipment report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Plant Shipment Reports, on the command line, then press Enter. The Plant Shipment Reports screen appears.

How to Run a Plant Shipments Report 24-29

Page 898: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter again and the message, “Plant Shipment Reports submitted to batch” appears.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-30 How to Run a Plant Shipments Report

Page 899: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Customer Service Report/Branch Ops Report

Introduction The Customer Service reports provide statistics on the orders shipped to branch ops locations from distribution centers.

Procedure To run a customer service reports/branch ops report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 16, Cust. Serv. Rpt/Branch Ops, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cust. Serv. Rpt/Branch Ops screen appears.

How to Run a Customer Service Report/Branch Ops Report 24-31

Page 900: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate data in the fields, then press Enter three times. The Operations Team Reports Menu appears with the message, “Cust. Serv. Rpt/Branch Ops submitted to batch.”

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-32 How to Run a Customer Service Report/Branch Ops Report

Page 901: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Branch Report

Introduction The Customer Service reports provide statistics on the orders per distribution center compared to the orders shipped in a month.

Procedure To run a Customer Service reports by Branch report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 17, Cust. Serv. Rprts. By Branch, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cust. Serv. Rprts. By Branch screen appears.

How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Branch Report 24-33

Page 902: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate data in the fields, then press Enter three times. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears with the message, “Cust. Serv. Rprts. By Branch submitted to batch.”

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-34 How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Branch Report

Page 903: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Parent # Report

Introduction The Customer Service reports by parent identify the orders per customer base compared to the orders shipped in a month.

Procedure To run a Customer Service Reports by Parent Number report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 18, Cust. Serv. Rprts. By Parent #, on the command line, then press Enter. The Cust. Serv. Rprts. By Parent # screen appears.

How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Parent # Report 24-35

Page 904: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate data in the fields, then press Enter three times. The Operations Team Reports Menu appears with the message, “Cust. Serv. Rprts. By Parent# submitted to batch.”

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-36 How to Run a Customer Service Reports by Parent # Report

Page 905: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Fill % by Business Unit/Ship To Report

Introduction The Fill Percent by Business Unit/Ship To report identifies the degree of order fulfillment to the customer.

Procedure To run a Fill Percent by Business Unit/Ship To report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 19, Fill % by Bus. Unit/Ship To, on the command line, then press Enter. The Fill % by Bus. Unit/Ship to screen appears.

How to Run a Fill % by Business Unit/Ship To Report 24-37

Page 906: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate value(s) in the field(s), the press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

6. Enter the appropriate value in the Selection Value column, then press Enter. Another screen

appears based on the value entered in the Selection Value column.

24-38 How to Run a Fill % by Business Unit/Ship To Report

Page 907: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. Continue to enter the requested value in the corresponding fields of each screen, pressing Enter until the Operations Team Menu appears with the message, “Fill % by Bus. Unit/Ship to submitted to batch.”

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Fill % by Business Unit/Ship To Report 24-39

Page 908: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-40 How to Run a Fill % by Business Unit/Ship To Report

Page 909: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run Fill % by Ship To Report

Introduction The Fill Percent by Ship To report identifies the degree of order fulfillment to the customer.

Procedure To run a Fill Percent by Ship To report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 20, Fill % by Ship to, on the command line, then press Enter. The Fill % by Ship to screen appears.

How to Run Fill % by Ship To Report 24-41

Page 910: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate value(s) in the field(s), the press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

6. Enter the appropriate value in the Selection Value column, then press Enter. Another screen

appears based on the value entered in the Selection Value column.

24-42 How to Run Fill % by Ship To Report

Page 911: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. Continue to enter the requested value in the corresponding fields of each screen, pressing Enter until the Operations Team Reports Menu appears with the message, “Fill % by Ship to submitted to batch.”

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run Fill % by Ship To Report 24-43

Page 912: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-44 How to Run Fill % by Ship To Report

Page 913: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Fill % by SKU # Report

Introduction The Fill Percent by SKU # report identifies the degree of order fulfillment to the customer.

Procedure To run a Fill Percent by SKU Number report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 21, Fill % by SKU, on the command line, then press Enter. The Fill % by SKU# screen appears.

How to Run a Fill % by SKU # Report 24-45

Page 914: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate value(s) in the field(s), the press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

6. Enter the appropriate value in the Selection Value column, then press Enter. Another screen

appears based on the value entered in the Selection Value column.

24-46 How to Run a Fill % by SKU # Report

Page 915: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. Continue to enter the requested value in the corresponding fields of each screen, pressing Enter until the Operations Team Reports Menu appears with the message, “Fill % by SKU# to submitted to batch.”

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Fill % by SKU # Report 24-47

Page 916: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

24-48 How to Run a Fill % by SKU # Report

Page 917: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Finishing Line Schedule Report

Introduction The Finishing Line schedule gives the batteries scheduled to be produced per work center at the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Finishing Line Schedule report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Finishing Line Schedule, on the command line, then press Enter. The Finishing Line Schedule screen appears

How to Run a Finishing Line Schedule Report 24-49

Page 918: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the appropriate start date for the report in the Enter From Date field, then press Enter. The message, “Finishing Line Schedule submitted to batch,” appears at the bottom of the screen.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-50 How to Run a Finishing Line Schedule Report

Page 919: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a History by User Name Report

Introduction The History by User Name report provides information on user activity.

Procedure To run a History by User Name report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 23, History by User Name, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears

5. Locate the fields containing CDATE and MLUSER.

How to Run a History by User Name Report 24-51

Page 920: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter the appropriate data in the Test and Value columns of the rows containing CDATE and MLUSER, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

24-52 How to Run a History by User Name Report

Page 921: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Recap of Batteries by Trip Report

Introduction The Recap of Batteries by Trip report provides information of battery types and quantities by trip.

Procedure To run a Recap of Batteries by Trip report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 24, Recap of batteries by trip, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Run a Recap of Batteries by Trip Report 24-53

Page 922: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Locate the field containing TS$TRP.

6. Enter the appropriate data in the Test and Value columns of the row containing TS$TRP, then press Enter. The Operations Team Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F3 to exit the menu.

24-54 How to Run a Recap of Batteries by Trip Report

Page 923: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Stock Locator Reports Module

How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report

Introduction The Stock Locator by Type report lists all the locations for a specific battery type.

Procedure To run the Stock Locator by Type report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report 25-1

Page 924: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

25-2 How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report

Page 925: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line

5. Press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report 25-3

Page 926: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Stock Locator by Type, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

25-4 How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report

Page 927: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

9. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report 25-5

Page 928: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

25-6 How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report

Page 929: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report

Introduction The Serial Number Lookup report prints the details of a pallet for specific serial numbers.

Procedure To run a Serial Number Lookup report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Serial Number Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing MF$SER, and enter the search comparison value in the Test

column, if other than the default value is needed.

Note: Press F1 to display possible values.

How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report 25-7

Page 930: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Value column, and enter the serial number(s) to search.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single location in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more locations, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” locations in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-8 How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report

Page 931: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report

Introduction The single location lookup enables one to locate the type of stock in a single stock location, such as 5555Z.

Procedure To run a Single Location Lookup report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Single Location Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Enter the appropriate stock location in the Value field, then press Enter.

Note: Press F11 to display the meaning of values in the Field column.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single battery type in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more battery types, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” battery types in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report 25-9

Page 932: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-10 How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report

Page 933: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report

Introduction The single type lookup finds the location of a specific type of battery.

Procedure To run a Single Type Lookup report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Single Type Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing MFAITM, and enter the appropriate basic or finished item

number in single quotes in the Value column.

Note: In the Test field, enter EQ for a single lookup or LIST for multiple lookups. Press F11 to display the meaning of the values in the Field column.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single battery type in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more battery types, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the

How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report 25-11

Page 934: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” battery types in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

6. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-12 How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report

Page 935: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report

Introduction The Stock Locator by Location report identifies the location of all the specific battery types in the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Stock Locator by Location report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Stock Locator by Location, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report 25-13

Page 936: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter to run the query. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-14 How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report

Page 937: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date Report

Introduction The Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date report lists the batteries in stock by their manufacture date.

Procedure To run a Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Stock Locator by Mfg. Date, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date Report 25-15

Page 938: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-16 How to Run a Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date Report

Page 939: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report

Introduction The Stock In Transit by Type report identifies the batteries being shipped to the distribution center by a specific type of battery.

Procedure To run a Stock In Transit by Type report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Stock In Transit by Type, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Press Enter to run the query. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report 25-17

Page 940: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

25-18 How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report

Page 941: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report

Introduction The Stock History by Transaction Date report details the stock inventory by transactions from the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Stock History by Transaction Date report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Stock History by Transaction Date, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing $DATE, and enter the range of dates to search in the Value

column.

Note: In the Test field, enter EQ for a single lookup or LIST for multiple lookups. Press F11 to display the meaning of the values in the Field column.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single serial number in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more serial numbers, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the

How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report 25-19

Page 942: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” numbers in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

6. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-20 How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report

Page 943: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock History by Serial Number Report

Introduction The Stock History by Serial Number report details all the history for specific serial numbers.

Procedure To run a Stock History by Serial Number report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 11, Stock History by Serial Num., on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing ML$SER, and enter the appropriate data in the Test column, if

other than the default value is needed.

6. Tab to the Value column, and enter the serial number to search.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single serial number in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more serial numbers, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” numbers in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

How to Run a Stock History by Serial Number Report 25-21

Page 944: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-22 How to Run a Stock History by Serial Number Report

Page 945: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock Move History Report

Introduction The Stock Move History report tracks the moving of batteries per location per user.

Procedure To run a Stock Move History report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 12, Stock Move History, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Enter the appropriate stock location in the Value field.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single location in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more locations, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” locations in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

How to Run a Stock Move History Report 25-23

Page 946: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Stock Locator Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

25-24 How to Run a Stock Move History Report

Page 947: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Routing Reports Module

How to Run a Trip Number Tracking Report

Introduction The Trip Number Tracking report provides detailed information of orders by customer.

Procedure To run a Trip Number Tracking report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Run a Trip Number Tracking Report 26-1

Page 948: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

26-2 How to Run a Trip Number Tracking Report

Page 949: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

How to Run a Trip Number Tracking Report 26-3

Page 950: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Trip Number Tracking, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Trip Number Tracking submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

26-4 How to Run a Trip Number Tracking Report

Page 951: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report

Introduction The Orders To Be Routed Detailed report provides detailed information of orders by customer.

Procedure To run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Orders To Be Routed Detailed, on the command line, then press Enter. The Orders To Be Routed Detailed screen appears.

How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report 26-5

Page 952: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Perform the following steps to identify the orders to include in the report.

IF the data selection criteria is… THEN enter… Acceptable, 1 in the OP field in row containing Order

to be Routed Detailed, and press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row. Skip to step 15.

Unacceptable, 2 in the appropriate row, and press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

6. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and enter 1.

26-6 How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report

Page 953: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

8. To add a data selection criterion, press F16. The possible criteria appear.

9. Tab to the criterion to be added, and enter the appropriate value in the Test field.

How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report 26-7

Page 954: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Tab to the Selection Value field, and enter the appropriate value.

11. Press Enter. The list of all possible criteria disappears, displaying only the selected criteria.

12. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt re-appears.

13. Press Enter. The Orders To Be Routed Detailed screen reappears.

26-8 How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report

Page 955: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Enter 1 in the OP field in the appropriate row, and press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

15. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report 26-9

Page 956: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

26-10 How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Detailed Report

Page 957: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Summary Report

Introduction The Orders To Be Routed Summary report lists only the orders that need to be shipped from the distribution center. There will be no detail about the orders in this report.

Procedure To run an Orders To Be Routed Summary report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Orders To Be Routed, on the command line, then press Enter. The Orders To Be Routed Summary screen appears.

5. Tab to the OP column for the row containing Orders to be Routed <=545 SUM, and type 2.

How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Summary Report 26-11

Page 958: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Tab to the Opt column of the row containing Department, and change the information in the

Test and Value columns if applicable.

26-12 How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Summary Report

Page 959: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter, and the Query Selection Values screen appears.

11. Enter the department(s), enclosed in single quotes, then press Enter. The Data Selection

screen appears.

Note: Type over the existing department number or field exit to delete it.

12. Press Enter. The Orders To Be Routed Summary screen appears with the Selective Change Prompt menu screen.

13. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt menu screen disappears.

14. Tab to the OP column for the row containing Orders to be Routed <=545 SUM, and type 1.

How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Summary Report 26-13

Page 960: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

16. Press F3 to exit.

26-14 How to Run an Orders To Be Routed Summary Report

Page 961: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report

Introduction The Orders Without Pick Numbers report identifies orders that have not been assigned a pick number. This enables the distribution center to assign a pick number so that the order may be processed.

Procedure To run an Orders Without Pick Numbers report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Orders without Pick Numbers, on the command line, then press Enter. The Orders without Pick Numbers screen appears.

How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report 26-15

Page 962: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Perform the following steps to identify the orders to include in the report.

IF the data selection criteria is … THEN… Acceptable, Enter 1 in the OP field in the

appropriate row, and press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row. Skip to step 15.

Unacceptable, Enter 2 in the appropriate row, then press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

6. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and enter 1.

26-16 How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report

Page 963: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

8. To add a data selection criterion, press F16. The possible criteria appear.

How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report 26-17

Page 964: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Tab to the criterion to be added, and enter the appropriate value in the Test field. Page down, if necessary, to view the desired criterion.

10. Tab to the Selection Value field, and enter the appropriate value.

26-18 How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report

Page 965: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Press Enter. The list of all possible criteria disappears, displaying only the selected criteria.

12. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt reappears.

13. Press Enter. The Orders Without Pick Numbers screen reappears.

How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report 26-19

Page 966: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Enter 1 in the OP field in the appropriate row, and press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

15. Press F3 to exit.

26-20 How to Run an Orders Without Pick Numbers Report

Page 967: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report

Introduction This report identifies all the orders that have a status other than shipped. This enables one to view any orders pending shipment.

Procedure To run a Non-Shipped Order Summary report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Non Shipped Order Summary, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the Value column in the row containing SDNXTR, and enter the desired range for the

status code if other than the default.

How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report 26-21

Page 968: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen.

When the query completes, the Routing Reports Menu reappears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

26-22 How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report

Page 969: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Pre-Finished Customer Detail Report

Introduction This report lists all the orders for the pre-finished customers for the specified distribution center.

Procedure To run a Pre-Finished Customer Detail report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Prefinished Customer Detail, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Run a Pre-Finished Customer Detail Report 26-23

Page 970: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the desired search criteria in the corresponding field, if other than the default. Press Enter, and the message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen.

When the query completes, the Routing Reports Menu reappears.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

26-24 How to Run a Pre-Finished Customer Detail Report

Page 971: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Non-PF Customer Detail Report

Introduction The Non Pre-finished Customer Detail report identifies all the items a customer, who does not require the distribution center to maintain pre-finished product, has ordered.

Procedure To run a Non-PF Customer Detail report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Non P/F Customer Detail, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Run a Non-PF Customer Detail Report 26-25

Page 972: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter the desired search criteria in the corresponding fields, if other than the default. Press Enter, and the message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen.

When the query completes, the Routing Reports Menu reappears.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

26-26 How to Run a Non-PF Customer Detail Report

Page 973: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Purged Trip Numbers Report

Introduction The purged trip numbers report is used to obtain information on trips that have been purged.

Procedure To run a Purged Trip Numbers report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Purged Trip Numbers, on the command line, then press Enter. The Purged Trip Numbers screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing PURGTRIPNO, and type 2 in the OP column.

How to Run a Purged Trip Numbers Report 26-27

Page 974: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the Data Selection row, and type 1.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

26-28 How to Run a Purged Trip Numbers Report

Page 975: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Perform the following steps to enter the invoice numbers:

IF the Opt field … THEN… Does not contain a plus sign, Tab to the Selection Value column, and

enter the invoice number. Proceed to Step 10.

Contains a plus sign (+), Type 5 in the Opt field and press Enter to display the Query Selection Values screen. Enter the invoice numbers.

10. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen reappears.

Note: If there is more than one invoice number, enter the invoice numbers separated with a space.

11. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

12. Press Enter. The Purged Trip Numbers screen reappears.

How to Run a Purged Trip Numbers Report 26-29

Page 976: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Type 1 in the OP column, then press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

14. Press F3 to exit.

26-30 How to Run a Purged Trip Numbers Report

Page 977: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Loaded Truck Report

Introduction A loaded truck report displays information about pallets on a trip by sequence number.

Procedure To run a Loaded Truck report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 6, Routing Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Routing Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 13, Loaded Truck Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The Loaded Truck Report screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing TRKLOADXXX, and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the Data Selection row, and type 1.

How to Run a Loaded Truck Report 26-31

Page 978: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

26-32 How to Run a Loaded Truck Report

Page 979: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Perform the following steps to enter the trip numbers:

IF the Opt field … THEN… Does not contain a plus sign, Tab to the Selection Value column in the

row containing Trip Number, and enter the trip number. Proceed to Step 10.

Contains a plus sign (+), Type 5 in the Opt field in the row containing Trip Number and press Enter to display the Query Selection Values screen. Enter the trip numbers.

10. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen reappears.

11. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

12. Press Enter. The Loaded Truck Report screen reappears.

How to Run a Loaded Truck Report 26-33

Page 980: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Type 1 in the OP column, then press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

14. Press F3 to exit.

26-34 How to Run a Loaded Truck Report

Page 981: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Reconciliation Reports Module

How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report

Introduction The Transfer Orders In Transit report enables the viewing of the problems that may have occurred with an order of batteries being shipped to the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Transfer Orders In Transit report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report 27-1

Page 982: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 2, Transfer Orders In Transit, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Transfer Orders In Transit submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

27-2 How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report

Page 983: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report

Introduction The Transfer Orders Shipped report enables the viewing of problems that may have occurred in transferring orders shipped from one distribution center to another. The report gives the order number, order type, quantity shipped, and other pertinent information about the transfer.

Procedure To run a Transfer Orders Shipped report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Transfer Orders Shipped, on the command line, then press Enter. The Transfer Orders Shipped screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Transfer Orders Shipped, and type 2 in the OP column.

How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report 27-3

Page 984: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Tab to the row containing Actual Ship, and enter the appropriate ship date in the Selection

Value column.

27-4 How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report

Page 985: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

11. Press Enter. The Transfer Orders Shipped screen reappears.

12. Type 1 in the OP column of the Transfer Orders Shipped row.

13. Press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

14. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report 27-5

Page 986: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-6 How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report

Page 987: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report

Introduction The Transfer Receipts (Batteries) report compares the paperwork from physical receipts to what was received for daily balancing requirements according to JD Edwards.

Procedure To run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Transfer Receipts (Batteries), on the command line, then press Enter. The Transfer Receipts (Batteries) screen appears.

5. Enter 2 in the row containing TRNSFRRCPT, then press Enter. The Selective Change

Prompt screen appears.

6. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

7. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

8. Tab to the row containing G/L Date, and enter the appropriate date in the Selection Value column.

9. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen reappears.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report 27-7

Page 988: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

11. Press Enter. The Transfer Rcpts (Batteries) screen reappears.

12. Type 1 in the OP column of the TRNSFRRCPT row.

13. Press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

14. Press F3 to exit.

27-8 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report

Page 989: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Components) Report

Introduction The Transfer Receipts (Components) Report compares the paperwork from physical receipts to what was received according to JD Edwards.

Procedure To run a Transfer Receipts (Components) Report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Transfer Rcpts (Components), on the command line, then press Enter. The Transfer Rcpts (Components) screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing CMPNNTSRCT, and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Components) Report 27-9

Page 990: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Tab to the row containing G/L Date, and enter the appropriate date in the Selection Value

column.

10. Press Enter. The Query Selection Values screen appears.

11. Enter the range of G/L dates, then press Enter. The Data Selection screen re-appears.

27-10 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Components) Report

Page 991: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen re-appears.

13. Press Enter. The Transfer Rcpts (Components) screen re-appears.

14. Type 1 in the OP column of the CMPNNTSRCT row.

15. Press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

16. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Components) Report 27-1

Page 992: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-12 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Components) Report

Page 993: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an RMA Returns Report

Introduction The RMA (Returns Merchandise Authorization) report enables the viewing of problems related to previously entered credit orders that may have occurred during credit order entry on any batteries returned to the distribution center.

Procedure To run an RMA Returns report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, RMA Returns, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing $DATE, and enter the date range in the Value field.

How to Run an RMA Returns Report 27-13

Page 994: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Page down to row containing SDADDJ, and enter the second date range.

Note: The second date range will be same as the first, except entered in the Julian format.

7. Press Enter. After the records are processed, the report will print. The Reconciliation

Report Menu displays.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

27-14 How to Run an RMA Returns Report

Page 995: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report

Introduction The Items/Orders Shipped by Trip report enables the viewing of problems that may have occurred to items or an order to be shipped on a trip.

Procedure To run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Items/Order Shipped by Trip, on the command line, then press Enter. The Items/Order Shipped by Trip screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing SOE0003, and enter 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report 27-15

Page 996: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Enter the actual ship date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter.

The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

10. Press Enter. The Items/Order Shipped by Trip screen reappears.

27-16 How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report

Page 997: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter 1 in the OP column in the row containing SOE003, then press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report 27-17

Page 998: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-18 How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report

Page 999: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report

Introduction The Daily Orders Shipped report enables the viewing of problems that may have occurred in daily orders that were shipped.

Procedure To run a Daily Orders Shipped report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Daily Orders Shipped, on the command line, then press Enter. The Daily Orders Shipped screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Daily Order Shipped, and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Enter the ship date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report 27-19

Page 1000: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Daily Orders Shipped screen reappears.

11. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing Daily Orders Shipped, then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

27-20 How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report

Page 1001: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Introduction The Battery Activity report enables balancing within the PARC.

Procedure To run a Battery Activity report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report 27-21

Page 1002: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry screen appears.

4. Enter option 11, Credit Order Processing Menu, on the command line, then press Enter.

The Credit Order Processing Menu screen appears.

27-22 How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Page 1003: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 23, Main PARC Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 2, Battery Activity Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The

Battery Activity Report screen appears.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report 27-23

Page 1004: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Validate the information in the Begining Fiscal Date (MMDDYY) and Fiscal Period fields, then press Enter. The message “Battery Activity submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: The fiscal period will change only when a new month begins. Example: “01” is the first month of the fiscal year.

Note: The beginning fiscal date will change only once a year when the new fiscal year begins.

8. Press F3 to exit.

27-24 How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Page 1005: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Ship by Trip Report

Introduction The Ship by Trip report provides summarized order information for specified trips by sequence.

Procedure To run a Ship by Trip report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Ship by Trip, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing $SHIPDATE, and enter the search comparison value in the Test

column.

Note: Press F1 in the field to view possible values.

6. Tab to the Value column, and enter the appropriate date(s) to search.

How to Run a Ship by Trip Report 27-25

Page 1006: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen. When the query finishes, the Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

27-26 How to Run a Ship by Trip Report

Page 1007: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Order by Receiving Report

Introduction The Transfer Orders by Receiving report enables the viewing of the problems that may have occurred with an order of batteries being received into the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Transfer Order by Receiving Report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 11, Transfer Order by Receiving, on the command line, then press Enter. The Transfer Order by Receiving screen appears.

5. Enter the appropriate order type in the Shipping Order Type field if other than the default.

6. Tab to the Receiving Location field, and enter either *ALL or the specific receiving location to be shown on the report.

How to Run a Transfer Order by Receiving Report 27-27

Page 1008: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Reconciliation Reports Menu screen appears, displaying the message “Transfer Order by Receiving submitted to batch” at the bottom of the screen.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

27-28 How to Run a Transfer Order by Receiving Report

Page 1009: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Order by Shipping Report

Introduction The Transfer Orders by Shipping report enables the viewing of the problems that may have occurred with an order of batteries being shipped to the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Transfer Order by Shipping Report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 12, Transfer Order by Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The Transfer Order by Receiving screen appears.

5. Enter the appropriate order type in the Shipping Order Type field if other than the default.

6. Tab to the Shipping Location field, and enter *ALL or the specific shipping location to be shown on the report.

How to Run a Transfer Order by Shipping Report 27-29

Page 1010: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Reconciliation Reports Menu screen appears, displaying the message “Transfer Order by Shipping submitted to batch” at the bottom of the screen.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

27-30 How to Run a Transfer Order by Shipping Report

Page 1011: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an N Conversion (Type to Type) Report

Introduction An N conversion is a type to type conversion for batteries.

Procedure To run an N conversion reconciliation report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, N Conversion (Type to Type), on the command line, then press Enter. The N Conversion (Type to Type) screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing N Conversion (Type to Type), and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run an N Conversion (Type to Type) Report 27-31

Page 1012: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Enter the order date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The

Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

10. Press Enter. The N Conversion (Type to Type) screen reappears.

27-32 How to Run an N Conversion (Type to Type) Report

Page 1013: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing N Conversion (Type to Type), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run an N Conversion (Type to Type) Report 27-33

Page 1014: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-34 How to Run an N Conversion (Type to Type) Report

Page 1015: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report

Introduction The Conversion (Junk) report enables the viewing of problems that may have occurred during the conversion of junk batteries in the inventory.

Procedure To run a Conversion (Junk) reconciliation report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 15, Conversion (Junk), on the command line, then press Enter. The Conversion (Junk) screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Conversion (Junk), and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report 27-35

Page 1016: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Enter the order date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The

Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

10. Press Enter. The Conversion (Junk) screen reappears.

27-36 How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report

Page 1017: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing Conversion (Junk), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report 27-37

Page 1018: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-38 How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report

Page 1019: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report

Introduction The Conversion (Blem) report enables the viewing of problems that may have occurred during the conversion of blem batteries in the inventory.

Procedure To run a Conversion for Blem report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 16, Conversion (Blem) Report, on the command line, then press Enter. The Conversion (Blem) screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Conversion (Blem), and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report 27-39

Page 1020: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Enter the order date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The

Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

10. Press Enter. The Conversion (Blem) screen reappears.

27-40 How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report

Page 1021: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing Conversion (Blem), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report 27-41

Page 1022: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-42 How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report

Page 1023: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report

Introduction A CC Cycle Count Conversion report identifies adjustments to a location.

Procedure To run a CC Cycle Count Conversion report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 17, CC Cycle Count Conversion, on the command line, then press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing CC Conversion (Cycle Count), and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report 27-43

Page 1024: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Enter the order date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The

Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

10. Press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen reappears.

27-44 How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report

Page 1025: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing Conversion (Blem), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report 27-45

Page 1026: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-46 How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report

Page 1027: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report

Introduction An Inventory PO Receipts report compares the inventory received according to JD Edwards to that which was actually physically received.

Procedure To run an Inventory PO Receipts report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 18, Inventory PO Receipts, on the command line, then press Enter. The Inventory PO Receipts screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Inventory PO Receipts, and type 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report 27-47

Page 1028: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Tab to the row containing G/L Date, and enter the appropriate General Ledger date in the

Selection Value column.

10. Tab to the row containing Order Number, and enter the appropriate order number date in the Selection Value column.

11. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt screen reappears.

12. Press Enter. The Inventory PO Receipts screen reappears.

27-48 How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report

Page 1029: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing Inventory PO Receipts, then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

14. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report 27-49

Page 1030: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-50 How to Run an Inventory PO Receipts Report

Page 1031: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an ST/OT Report – Shipping Report

Introduction The ST/OT report identifies the transfer orders shipped from the distribution center.

Procedure To run an ST/OT report-shipping report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 19, ST/OT report - Shipping, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “ST/OT report - Shipping submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run an ST/OT Report – Shipping Report 27-51

Page 1032: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

27-52 How to Run an ST/OT Report – Shipping Report

Page 1033: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an ST/OT Report - Receiving Report

Introduction The ST/OT report identifies the transfer orders received by the distribution center.

Procedure To run an ST/OT report-receiving report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 23, Main Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Report Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 7, Reconciliation Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Reconciliation Report Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 20, ST/OT report - Receiving, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “ST/OT report - Receiving submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run an ST/OT Report - Receiving Report 27-53

Page 1034: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Sales Order Inquiries Module

How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Customer Service Inquiry screen allows you to view order data.

Procedure To use the Customer Service Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line.

How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen 28-1

Page 1035: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

3. Press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry screen, on the command line.

28-2 How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen

Page 1036: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

6. Enter option 22, Sales Inquiries Menu, on the command line.

How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen 28-3

Page 1037: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiries screen appears.

28-4 How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen

Page 1038: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter option 2, Customer Service, on the command line.

9. Press Enter. The Customer Service screen appears.

How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen 28-5

Page 1039: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Perform the following steps as necessary to display the desired data:

Note: Use any entry field on this screen to specify search criteria. The more information you enter for the search, the quicker the search runs.

IF you want to… THEN… Display data for a specific order, Enter the order number and order type in the

Order No field. Continue to Step 11.

Display new orders that do not yet have an assigned pick number,

Perform the following steps:

• Enter a distribution center in the Business Unit field, if known. If the distribution center is not known, enter *.

• Enter 520 in the Status field and 540 in the Thru field.

• Perform one of following for the St field:

• Enter 1 - To display orders whose last status falls within the 520 to 540 range.

• Leave blank – (Default) To display orders whose next status falls within the 520 to 540 range.

• Enter the department number in the Parent # field.

Note: If you press Enter without entering data, the screen displays all orders for the default business unit beginning with the first order entered on J.D. Edwards software.

Note: If you enter the order number (Order No field) without the order type (the field located to the right of the Order No field) and the system finds more than one order with the same number but different order types, a window appears. The window displays the orders with the same number. Select the order you want to view by entering 4 in the selection field beside the desired order and press Enter.

11. Press Enter.

Note: If the system must read a large amount of records for the search, the I/O Limit Exceeded window appears indicating that you have read an excessive amount of records. Press F6 until the desired data appears, or press F5 to end the search and view currently found data.

28-6 How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen

Page 1040: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

The Customer Service screen appears and displays data according to the selection data that you entered.

Note: In this example, the order number was entered as selection data.

12. Press F3 to exit this screen.

How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen 28-7

Page 1041: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

28-8 How to Use the Customer Service Inquiry Screen

Page 1042: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Sales Ledger Inquiry screen allows you to view sale order information. You can also use this screen to view cancel lines from an order.

Procedure To use the Sales Ledger Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Sales Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 3, Sales Ledger Inquiry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Ledger Inquiry screen appears.

6. Enter an order number in the Order Number field.

How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen 28-9

Page 1043: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Verify that the default business unit in the Business Unit field is correct. If not, enter the business unit.

Note: If the business unit is unknown, enter * in the Business Unit field.

28-10 How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen

Page 1044: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Sales Ledger Inquiry screen appears and displays each step in the order process. In the example here, the individual process steps are displayed for order number 1114206.

How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen 28-11

Page 1045: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Perform the following steps if necessary to cancel a line in an order:

IF you want to display… THEN… Detailed data for a line in the order,

• Tab to the appropriate O (option) field, and enter 5.

NOTE: An O field is located to the left of each step of the order process.

• Press Enter. The Sales Ledger Detail screen appears and displays detailed information for each step of the order process chosen.

• Skip to Step 13.

The order process steps for a customer type and order number,

Enter 5 in the O (option) field for each line of the same order and customer type.

NOTE: In the example used here, 1114206 is the order number and 9002 is the customer type. The individual lines for 9002 are the lines in the order process.

28-12 How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen

Page 1046: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Sales Ledger Detail screen appears with detailed data for the first line of the order process.

Note: In the example here, the detail screen shows that the last status (Last/Next Status field) for the first line of the order was 520 (enter sales order) and the next status was 540 (print picking slips).

Note: If a line of the order has been cancelled in the sales order entry process, the last/next status (Last/Next Sts) of the line is 980/999. If the line was cancelled during the packing process, the last/next status is 984/999.

Note: To identify the person who cancelled the line, enter 5 in the O (option) field beside the cancelled line, and press Enter. The Sales Ledger Detail screen appears. The User ID field contains the identification of the person who cancelled the line.

11. Continue to press Enter as necessary to display successive lines in the order process.

How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen 28-13

Page 1047: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Press F3 to return to the previous line(s). When you display the detail screen for the first line in the process, press F3 to close the detail screen and display the Sales Ledger Inquiry screen.

13. Press F3 to exit this screen. The detail screen closes, and the Sales Ledger Inquiry screen

appears.

14. Press F3 to exit.

28-14 How to Use the Sales Ledger Inquiry Screen

Page 1048: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Delivery Notes Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Delivery Notes Inquiry screen allows you to view the ship to number, carrier, and delivery number for batteries being shipped.

Procedure To use the Delivery Notes Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Sales Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 4, Delivery Notes Inquiry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Delivery Notes Inquiry screen appears.

6. Enter one of the following as search criteria:

• Order number in the Order Number field.

• Shipment number (bill of lading number) in the Shipment Number field.

How to Use the Delivery Notes Inquiry Screen 28-15

Page 1049: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter the business unit in the Branch/Plant field. If the business unit is not known, enter * in the field.

8. Press Enter. The screen displays the delivery note number and the date the note was printed.

9. Press F4 to unfold the screen and display additional information.

28-16 How to Use the Delivery Notes Inquiry Screen

Page 1050: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press F4 to refold the data on the screen.

11. Press F3 to exit this screen.

How to Use the Delivery Notes Inquiry Screen 28-17

Page 1051: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

28-18 How to Use the Delivery Notes Inquiry Screen

Page 1052: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the EDI-Display Download Runtimes Inquiry Screen

Introduction The EDI-Display Download Run Times Inquiry screen allows you to view information regarding the last EDI sales order creation by start/finish date, time, and customer. You can also view the last EDI downloaded purchase orders from GEIS.

Procedure To use the Sales Ledger Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, EDI-Display Download RunTimes, on the command line, then press Enter. The EDI Completion Information screen appears.

5. Press F3 to exit this screen.

How to Use the EDI-Display Download Runtimes Inquiry Screen 28-19

Page 1053: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

28-20 How to Use the EDI-Display Download Runtimes Inquiry Screen

Page 1054: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Item Cross-Reference Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Item Cross-Reference Inquiry screen allows you to view item cross-reference data.

Procedure To use the Item Cross-Reference Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Sales Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 6, Item Cross-Reference, on the command line, then press Enter. The Item Cross-Reference screen appears.

How to Use the Item Cross-Reference Inquiry Screen 28-21

Page 1055: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Perform the following steps as necessary to display the desired data:

IF you want to… THEN… Verify that a battery type is still valid,

Enter the item number in the Item Number field, and press Enter. The list of item numbers appears. Continue to Step 8.

Display data for a specific customer type and finished battery number,

Enter the customer type in the X-Ref Number field and press Enter. A list of data for the customer type appears. Skip to Step 9.

Display all records in the customer’s line,

Enter the department number in the Address Number field and press Enter. The screen displays all items for that customer/department number as well as other data. Continue to Step 9.

Display the order process steps for an order number,

• Enter the order number in the Order Number field.

• Enter the business unit in the Business Unit field.

• Press Enter.

• Continue to Step 9.

Display all customer types using a specific group size,

Enter the group size in the X-Ref Number field and press Enter. A list of the customer types for the group size appears.

Note: Page down to view the rest of the items in the list.

28-22 How to Use the Item Cross-Reference Inquiry Screen

Page 1056: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Skip to Step 9.

How to Use the Item Cross-Reference Inquiry Screen 28-23

Page 1057: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press F4 to unfold the data so you can verify the effective and expired dates for the item and confirm that the item is still valid.

9. Press F3 to exit this screen.

28-24 How to Use the Item Cross-Reference Inquiry Screen

Page 1058: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Summary Availability Inquiry screen allows you to view data for a specific battery type. You can view the number of batteries on-hand, the number of batteries committed for orders, and the number of batteries available.

Procedure To use the Summary Availability Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Sales Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 14, Summary Availability, on the command line, then press Enter. The Summary Availability screen appears.

6. Enter the battery type in the Item Number field.

How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen 28-25

Page 1059: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The screen displays data for the battery type.

Note: Enter 1 in the O (option) field, and press enter to view detailed data for the item number. Enter 2 in the O (option) field, and press enter to view branch/plant data for the item number.

28-26 How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen

Page 1060: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Enter another item number, or press F3 to exit this screen.

How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen 28-27

Page 1061: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

28-28 How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen

Page 1062: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Detailed Availability Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Detailed Availability Inquiry screen allows you to view detailed data for a battery type. You can view the number of batteries on-hand, the number of batteries committed for orders, and the number of batteries available.

Procedure To use the Detailed Availability Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Sales Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 15, Detailed Availability, on the command line, then press Enter. The Detailed Availability screen appears.

6. Enter the battery type in the Item Number field.

How to Use the Detailed Availability Inquiry Screen 28-29

Page 1063: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The screen displays detailed data for the battery type.

8. Enter another item number to view, or press F3 to exit.

28-30 How to Use the Detailed Availability Inquiry Screen

Page 1064: JDE Distribution Manual

Material Team Inquiries Module

How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) screen allows the viewing of detailed information for a purchase order.

Procedure To use the Open Orders Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen 29-1

Page 1065: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter and the Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

29-2 How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen

Page 1066: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 3, Material Team Inquiry Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter and the Material Inquiry Menu screen appears.

How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen 29-3

Page 1067: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter option 2, Open Orders Non-Invntry (OP), on the command line.

7. Press Enter and the Open Orders Non-Invntry (OP) screen appears.

29-4 How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen

Page 1068: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Tab to the Order Number field, and enter an order number.

9. Press Enter. The purchase order information appears on the screen.

How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen 29-5

Page 1069: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Enter a 2 in the O column next to the line of the purchase order you want to review.

11. Press Enter and the purchase order is displayed.

29-6 How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen

Page 1070: JDE Distribution Manual

12. Press F4, Fold, to display more information about a line.

13. Press F15 to view the header information.

14. Press F3 to return to the Purchase Order Detail screen.

15. Press F3 to return to the Open Orders Non-Invntry (OP) screen.

16. Press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen 29-7

Page 1071: JDE Distribution Manual

29-8 How to Use the Open Orders Non-Inventory (OP) Inquiry Screen

Page 1072: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Open Orders Inventory (OF) screen allows the viewing of detailed information for a purchase order.

Procedure To use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Inquiry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, Open Orders Inventory (OF), then press Enter. The Opens Orders Inventory (OF) screen appears.

How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen 29-9

Page 1073: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter the purchase order number in the Order Number field.

Note: If the purchase order number is unknown, enter data in one of the other fields to narrow the search, then press Enter.

29-10 How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen

Page 1074: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The screen displays a listing of the process steps for the purchase order selected.

7. Tab to an O (option) column, and enter 2 to review the purchase order entry.

How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen 29-11

Page 1075: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Press Enter. The Purchase Order Detail screen appears and displays information for the process step.

9. Press F4 to view additional purchase order step information.

29-12 How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen

Page 1076: JDE Distribution Manual

10. Press F15 to view header-level information.

11. Press F3 twice to return to the Open Orders Inventory (OF) screen or three times to return

to the Material Inquiry Menu screen.

How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen 29-13

Page 1077: JDE Distribution Manual

29-14 How to Use the Open Orders Inventory (OF) Inquiry Screen

Page 1078: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Open Orders Transfers (OT) Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Open Orders Transfers (OT) Inquiry screen allows you to view detailed information for the purchase order. Procedure To use the Open Orders Transfers Inquiry Screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Inquiry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Open Orders Transfers (OT), on the command line, then press Enter. The Open Orders Transfers (OT) screen appears.

How to Use the Open Orders Transfers (OT) Inquiry Screen 29-15

Page 1079: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter the purchase order number in the Order Number field and press Enter. The order appears in the columns located in the middle of the screen.

Note: If the purchase order number is unknown, it can be obtained by using any of the other fields to narrow your search.

29-16 How to Use the Open Orders Transfers (OT) Inquiry Screen

Page 1080: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter a 2 in the O column next to the line of the purchase order.

7. Press Enter and the Purchase Order Detail screen appears.

How to Use the Open Orders Transfers (OT) Inquiry Screen 29-17

Page 1081: JDE Distribution Manual

8. Press F4, Fold, for more information about a specific line, or press F15 to view the header information.

9. Press F3 to return to the Open Orders Transfers (OT) screen.

10. Press F3 to exit.

29-18 How to Use the Open Orders Transfers (OT) Inquiry Screen

Page 1082: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Receipt Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Receipt Inquiry screen allows the viewing of the purchase order information.

Procedure To use the Receipt Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 22, Material Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Material Inquiry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Receipt Inquiry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Receipt Inquiry screen appears.

How to Use the Receipt Inquiry Screen 29-19

Page 1083: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Tab to the Order Number field, and enter an order number.

6. Press Enter. The purchase order information appears on the screen.

29-20 How to Use the Receipt Inquiry Screen

Page 1084: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press F4 to view the product description.

8. Tab to an option field, and enter 5.

Note: The option field is the one-character, unlabelled field located to the left of the Receipt column.

How to Use the Receipt Inquiry Screen 29-21

Page 1085: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press Enter to display additional receipt details.

10. Press F3 to close the Receipt Detail Information screen. The Receipt Inquiry screen

appears.

11. Continue to view receipt data, or press F3 to exit.

29-22 How to Use the Receipt Inquiry Screen

Page 1086: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the PO/Receiving Audit Trail Inquiry Screen

Introduction This procedure details the steps necessary to inquire on a PO/Receiving Audit Trail.

Procedure To use the PO/Receiving Audit Trail Inquiry Screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 3, Material Team Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Inquiry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 11, PO/ Receiving Audit Trail, on the command line, then press Enter. The PO/Receiving Audit Trail screen appears.

How to Use the PO/Receiving Audit Trail Inquiry Screen 29-23

Page 1087: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter the purchase order number in the Order Number field.

6. Press Enter and the order number appears in the Order column.

29-24 How to Use the PO/Receiving Audit Trail Inquiry Screen

Page 1088: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Enter a 5 in the O field next to the line of the purchase order.

8. Press Enter and the Order Ledger Details screen appears.

Note: If more than one line is to be reviewed at a time, continue to press Enter for each line that you want to review.

How to Use the PO/Receiving Audit Trail Inquiry Screen 29-25

Page 1089: JDE Distribution Manual

9. Press F3 to return to the PO/Receiving Audit Trail screen.

10. Press F3 to exit.

29-26 How to Use the PO/Receiving Audit Trail Inquiry Screen

Page 1090: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Supply and Demand screen allows the viewing of the sources of supply and demand available-to-promise.

Procedure To use the Supply and Demand screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 3, Material Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 22, Material Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Material Inquiry Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Supply/Demand Inquiry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Supply/Demand Inquiry screen appears.

How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen 29-27

Page 1091: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter the battery type in the Item Number field.

29-28 How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen

Page 1092: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Press Enter. The screen displays supply and demand data for the battery.

Note: To access more detail, enter in the appropriate O (option) column the desired option number from those specified at the bottom of the screen. Press Enter. The selected data appears.

Note: To modify data, refer to the appropriate procedure in the ABD JDE Reference Guide.

7. Continue to view supply and demand data, or press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen 29-29

Page 1093: JDE Distribution Manual

29-30 How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen

Page 1094: JDE Distribution Manual

Operations Team Inquiries Module

How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Item Ledger (The Cardex) screen enables the viewing of pertinent data about a specific item.

Procedure To use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen 30-1

Page 1095: JDE Distribution Manual

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

30-2 How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen

Page 1096: JDE Distribution Manual

3. Enter option 4, Operations Team Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Inquiry Menu screen appears.

How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen 30-3

Page 1097: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 2, Item Ledger (The Cardex), on the command line, then press Enter. The Item Ledger (The Cardex) screen appears.

30-4 How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen

Page 1098: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter the Exide part number in the Item Number field, and press Enter.

6. Tab to the O (option) field beside the appropriate document number, and enter 5.

How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen 30-5

Page 1099: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The Item Ledger Information screen appears displaying details for the selected document number.

8. Press F3 to return to the Item Ledger (The Cardex) screen.

9. Select another document for inquiry, or press F3 to return to the Operations Team Inquiry Menu screen.

30-6 How to Use the Item Ledger (The Cardex) Inquiry Screen

Page 1100: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Summary Availability allows the viewing of data for a specific battery type. The data includes the quantity of batteries:

• On-hand

• Committed for orders

• Available for orders

Procedure To use the Summary Availability screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 2, Office Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Office Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 2, Sales Order Entry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Sales Order Entry screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Sales Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Sales Order Inquiry screen appears.

5. Enter option 14, Summary Availability, on the command line, then press Enter. The Summary Availability screen appears.

How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen 30-7

Page 1101: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter the battery number in the Item Number field.

30-8 How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen

Page 1102: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The Summary Availability screen displays the battery’s data.

8. Enter another item number, or press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen 30-9

Page 1103: JDE Distribution Manual

30-10 How to Use the Summary Availability Inquiry Screen

Page 1104: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Supply and Demand screen allows the viewing of the sources of supply and demand available-to-promise.

Procedure To use the Supply and Demand screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen 30-11

Page 1105: JDE Distribution Manual

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

30-12 How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen

Page 1106: JDE Distribution Manual

4. Enter option 22, Planning Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Planning Inquiries screen appears.

How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen 30-13

Page 1107: JDE Distribution Manual

5. Enter option 3, Supply and Demand, on the command line, then press Enter. The Supply and Demand screen appears.

6. Enter the battery type in the Item Number field.

30-14 How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen

Page 1108: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The screen displays supply and demand data for the battery.

Note: To access more detail, enter in the appropriate O (option) field the desired option number from those specified at the bottom of the screen. Press Enter. The selected data appears.

Note: To modify data refer to the appropriate procedure in the ABD JDE Reference Guide.

8. Continue to view supply and demand data, or press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen 30-15

Page 1109: JDE Distribution Manual

30-16 How to Use the Supply and Demand Inquiry Screen

Page 1110: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Stock Locator Inquiries Module

How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Stock Locator by Type Inquiry screen displays location information by battery type.

Procedure To use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen 31-1

Page 1111: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

31-2 How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen

Page 1112: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen 31-3

Page 1113: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Stock Locator by Type, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

31-4 How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen

Page 1114: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays location information by battery type.

9. Press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen 31-5

Page 1115: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

31-6 How to Use the Stock Locator by Type Inquiry Screen

Page 1116: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Serial Number Lookup Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Serial Number Lookup Inquiry screen displays information by serial numbers.

Procedure To use the Serial Number Lookup Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Serial Number Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the Test field of the MF$SER row, and enter the desired code in the Test field unless

you want to use the default code.

Note: Press F1 to display the values for this field.

How to Use the Serial Number Lookup Inquiry Screen 31-7

Page 1117: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Value field of the MF$SER row, and enter the serial number or numbers for the inquiry.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single serial number in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more serial numbers, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” numbers in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays information for the serial number.

8. Press F3 to exit.

31-8 How to Use the Serial Number Lookup Inquiry Screen

Page 1118: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Single Location Lookup Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Single Location Lookup Inquiry screen displays information for a specific location.

Procedure To use the Single Location Lookup Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Single Location Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the Test field of the MF$LCN row.

Note: Press F1 to display possible values.

How to Use the Single Location Lookup Inquiry Screen 31-9

Page 1119: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Value field of the MF$LCN row, and enter a location number.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single location in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more locations, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” locations in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays detailed information for the selected location.

8. Press F3 to exit.

31-10 How to Use the Single Location Lookup Inquiry Screen

Page 1120: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Single Type Lookup Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Single Type Lookup Inquiry screen displays detailed information for a specific battery type.

Procedure To use the Single Type Lookup Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Single Type Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the Test field on the MFAITM row, and enter the desired code unless you want to

use the default code.

Note: Press F1 to display the values for this field.

How to Use the Single Type Lookup Inquiry Screen 31-11

Page 1121: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Value field on the MFAITM row, and enter the battery type to search.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single battery type in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more battery types, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” battery types in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays information for the battery type selected.

8. Press F3 to exit.

31-12 How to Use the Single Type Lookup Inquiry Screen

Page 1122: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Location Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Stock Locator by Location Inquiry screen displays information by location within the stock locator.

Procedure To use the Stock Locator by Location Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Stock Locator by Location, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Location Inquiry Screen 31-13

Page 1123: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays information sorted by location within the stock locator.

6. Press F3 to exit.

31-14 How to Use the Stock Locator by Location Inquiry Screen

Page 1124: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Mfg. Date Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date Inquiry screen lists the batteries in stock by the date they were manufactured.

Procedure To use the Stock Locator by Manufacturing Date Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Stock Locator by Mfg. Date, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Use the Stock Locator by Mfg. Date Inquiry Screen 31-15

Page 1125: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays a list of batteries in stock. The list is organized by manufacturing date.

6. Press F3 to exit.

31-16 How to Use the Stock Locator by Mfg. Date Inquiry Screen

Page 1126: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Stock In Transit by Type Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Stock In Transit by Location Inquiry screen displays information by location within the stock locator.

Procedure To use the Stock In Transit by Location Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu appears.

4. Enter option 9, Stock Intransit by Type, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Use the Stock In Transit by Type Inquiry Screen 31-17

Page 1127: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays information by location within the stock locator.

6. Press F3 to exit.

31-18 How to Use the Stock In Transit by Type Inquiry Screen

Page 1128: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Stock History by Trans. Date Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Stock History by Transaction Date Inquiry screen displays information by the date the records were updated.

Procedure To use the Stock History by Transaction Date Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Stock History by Trans. Date, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the Test field on the $DATE row, and enter the desired code in the Test field unless

you want to use the default code.

Note: Press F1 to display the values for this field.

How to Use the Stock History by Trans. Date Inquiry Screen 31-19

Page 1129: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Value field on the $DATE row, and enter the transaction date(s) for the inquiry.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single transaction date in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more transaction dates, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” dates in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays information by the date the records were updated.

8. Press F3 to exit.

31-20 How to Use the Stock History by Trans. Date Inquiry Screen

Page 1130: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Stock History by Serial Number Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Stock History by Serial Numbers Inquiry screen displays the history details for a specific serial number.

Procedure To use the Stock History by Serial Numbers Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 11, Stock History by Serial Num., on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the Test field on the ML$SER row, and enter the desired code in the Test field unless

you want to use the default code.

Note: Press F1 to display possible values.

How to Use the Stock History by Serial Number Inquiry Screen 31-21

Page 1131: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Value field on the ML$SER row, and enter a serial (pallet) number.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single serial number in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more serial numbers, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” numbers in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays history data for the serial number.

8. Press F3 to exit.

31-22 How to Use the Stock History by Serial Number Inquiry Screen

Page 1132: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Stock Move History Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Stock Move History Inquiry screen displays detailed information by battery type and time of day.

Procedure To use the Stock Move History Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 24, Main Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Inquiry Menus screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Stock Locator Inquiry Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Stock Locator menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 12, Stock Move History, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the Test field on the ML$LCN row, and enter the desired code in the Test field

unless you want to use the default code.

Note: Press F1 to display the values for this field.

How to Use the Stock Move History Inquiry Screen 31-23

Page 1133: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Tab to the Value field on the ML$LCN row, and enter the location(s) for the inquiry search.

Note: If you entered EQ in the Test field, enter a single location in the Value field. If you entered LIST in the Test field, enter two or more locations, each in single quotes, in the Value field, separated by a blank space. If you entered RANGE in the Test field, enter the “from” and the “to” locations in single quotes in the Value field, separated by a blank space. Press Enter.

7. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom of the screen.

Note: Upon completion, the screen displays detailed information by battery type and time of day.

8. Press F3 to exit.

31-24 How to Use the Stock Move History Inquiry Screen

Page 1134: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

Routing Inquiries Module

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Trip Master Inquiry screen allows you to assign carriers, designated doors, and other data to trips leaving a distribution center.

Procedure To use the Trip Master Inquiry screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen 32-1

Page 1135: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

32-2 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Page 1136: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen 32-3

Page 1137: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 3, Trip Master Inquiry, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Trip Master Inquiry screen appears.

32-4 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Page 1138: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Perform one of the following steps:

IF the trip number… THEN… You want to edit or display appears on the screen,

Skip to Step 9.

You want to edit or display is not displayed on the screen,

Enter the desired trip number in the Position To field and press Enter. The Trip Master Inquiry screen appears with the selected trip number at the top of the list.

9. Tab to the appropriate OP field (option), and perform one of the following steps:

IF you want to… THEN… Display trip data, Type 5. Press Enter. The Trip Master

Maintenance screen appears displaying the trip data. Skip to Step 9.

Edit trip data, Type 2. Press Enter. The Trip Master Maintenance screen appears displaying the trip data.

How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen 32-5

Page 1139: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Change or add information as needed.

Note: Not all fields can be changed.

11. Press Enter. The changes are saved.

12. Press F3 to return to the Trip Master Inquiry screen.

13. Select another trip number for display or editing, or press F3 to return to the DC Routing Menu screen.

32-6 How to Use the Trip Master Inquiry Screen

Page 1140: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Dept. Screen

Introduction The Open Order Inquiry by Dept. screen enables you to view all open orders for a specific customer.

Procedure To use the Open Order Inquiry by Dept screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Open Order Inquiry by Dept, on the command line.

How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Dept. Screen 32-7

Page 1141: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Open Order Inquiry by Dept screen appears.

32-8 How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Dept. Screen

Page 1142: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter the desired department number in the Department field, and press Enter. The screen displays the open orders for the customer. The open order information is sorted by date and customer.

Note: If you press Enter without entering a department number, the screen displays all open orders for all customers.

Note: The asterisk (*) appears to the right of the Quantity to Pick field if a pick number has already been assigned.

How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Dept. Screen 32-9

Page 1143: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press F4 to display additional details, such as trip number and status.

8. Press F3 to exit.

32-10 How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Dept. Screen

Page 1144: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Date Inquiry Screen

Introduction The Open Order Inquiry by Date screen enables one to view all open orders for all customers.

Procedure To use the Open Order Inquiry by Date screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 5, Routing Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Routing Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Open Order Inquiry by Date, on the command line.

How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Date Inquiry Screen 32-11

Page 1145: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Open Order Inquiry by Date screen appears.

32-12 How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Date Inquiry Screen

Page 1146: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter a date in the Required Date field, and press Enter. The screen displays open orders beginning with orders for the required date selected. The open order information is sorted by date and customer.

Note: If you press Enter without entering a required date, the screen displays all open orders for all customers.

Note: The asterisk (*) appears to the right of the Quantity to Pick field if a pick number has already been assigned.

How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Date Inquiry Screen 32-13

Page 1147: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press F4 to display additional details, such as trip number and status.

8. Press F3 to exit.

32-14 How to Use the Open Order Inquiry by Date Inquiry Screen

Page 1148: JDE Distribution Manual

Planning Inquiries Module

How to Use the Enter/Change Forecast

Introduction The Enter/Change Forecast screen displays the estimated forecast information for item numbers. The forecast information is sorted by date and customer.

Procedure To use the Enter/Change Forecast screen, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menus, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 11, Enter/Change Forecast, on the command line, then press Enter. The Enter/Change Forecast screen appears.

5. View the desired data.

6. Press F3 to exit.

How to Use the Enter/Change Forecast 33-1

Page 1149: JDE Distribution Manual

33-2 How to Use the Enter/Change Forecast

Page 1150: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Item Master Information

Introduction The Item Master Information displays information pertaining to the item setup.

Procedure To use the Item Master Information, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 12, Item Master Information, on the command line, then press Enter. The Item Master Information screen appears.

5. Type I in the Action Code field.

6. Perform the following steps to search for battery information:

IF you want to search for… THEN… Information for a finished battery number key,

Tab to the Product No field and enter the battery type.

Information for a basic battery, Tab to the Catalog No field and enter the battery type.

How to Use the Item Master Information 33-3

Page 1151: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The battery’s information appears.

8. Use the function keys to obtain additional information, or press F3 to exit.

33-4 How to Use the Item Master Information

Page 1152: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Supply and Demand

Introduction The supply and demand display enables the reviewing of the sources of supply and demand available to promise.

Procedure To review the supply and demand display, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Planning Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Planning Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 3, Supply and Demand, on the command line, then press Enter. The Supply and Demand screen appears.

6. Enter the battery type in the Item Number field.

How to Use the Supply and Demand 33-5

Page 1153: JDE Distribution Manual

7. Press Enter. The battery’s data appears.

Note: To access more detail per line, enter the appropriate option in the O column, then press Enter. To modify the data, refer to the menu options at the bottom of the screen.

8. Continue to review supply and demand or press F3 to quit.

33-6 How to Use the Supply and Demand

Page 1154: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Multi-Level BOM Inquiry

Introduction The Multi Level BOM Inquiry displays the Bill of Material’s contents for a specific finished number.

Procedure To use the Multi Level BOM Inquiry, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Planning Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Planning Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 6, Multi Level BOM Inquiry, on the command line, then press Enter. The Multi Level BOM Inquiry screen appears.

How to Use the Multi-Level BOM Inquiry 33-7

Page 1155: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter the item number in the Parent Item field, then press Enter.

7. Use the function keys to obtain additional information. For example, press F4 to view

effective dates.

8. Press F3 to exit.

33-8 How to Use the Multi-Level BOM Inquiry

Page 1156: JDE Distribution Manual

How to Use the Multi-Level Where Used

Introduction The Multi Level Where Used allows the entering of a component kit and reveals the finished BOM’s for which this item is used.

Procedure To use the Multi Level Where Used, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 4, Operations Team Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Operations Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 4, Planning Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Production Scheduling & Inquiries screen appears.

4. Enter option 22, Planning Inquiries Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The DC Planning Inquiries screen appears.

5. Enter option 7, Multi Level Where Used, on the command line, then press Enter. The Multi Level Where Used screen appears.

How to Use the Multi-Level Where Used 33-9

Page 1157: JDE Distribution Manual

6. Enter the item number in the Component Number field, then press Enter.

7. Use the function keys to obtain additional information. For example, press F4 to view

effective dates.

8. Press F3 to exit.

33-10 How to Use the Multi-Level Where Used

Page 1158: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

PARC Reports Module

How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Introduction The battery activity report allows for balancing within PARC.

Procedure To run a battery activity report for PARC, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report 34-1

Page 1159: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line.

3. Press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

34-2 How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Page 1160: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

4. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line.

5. Press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report 34-3

Page 1161: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter option 2, Battery Activity Report, on the command line.

7. Press Enter. The Battery Activity Report screen appears.

8. Verify that the information in the Begining Fiscal Date (MMDDYY) and Fiscal Period

fields is correct.

34-4 How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Page 1162: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears and displays the message “Battery Activity Report submitted to batch” at the bottom of the screen.

10. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Battery Activity Report 34-5

Page 1163: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-6 How to Run a Battery Activity Report

Page 1164: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an RMA Returns Report

Introduction The RMA (Returns Merchandise Authorization) report enables the viewing of problems related to previously entered credit orders that may have occurred during credit order entry on any batteries returned to the distribution center.

Procedure To run an RMA Returns report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 3, RMA Returns, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

How to Run an RMA Returns Report 34-7

Page 1165: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Tab to the row containing $DATE, and enter the date range in the Value field.

6. Page down to the row containing SDADDJ, and enter the second date range.

Note: The second date range will be same as the first, except entered in the Julian format.

7. Press Enter. After the records are processed, the report will print. The PARC Reports

Menu screen appears.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

34-8 How to Run an RMA Returns Report

Page 1166: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report

Introduction The Transit Orders In Transit report allows you to view inventory that has left the shipping locations, but has not yet arrived at the receiving location.

Procedure To run an in Transfer Orders In Transit report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 4, Transfer Orders In Transit, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Transit Orders In Transit submitted to batch” appears.

5. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report 34-9

Page 1167: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-10 How to Run a Transfer Orders In Transit Report

Page 1168: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report

Introduction The Open Transfers Orders report lists all transfer orders that are not received.

Procedure To run an Open Transfers Orders report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 5, Open Transfer Orders, on the command line.

How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report 34-11

Page 1169: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The message “Open Transfer Orders submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

6. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

34-12 How to Run an Open Transfer Orders Report

Page 1170: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report

Introduction The Transfer Orders Shipped report enables the viewing of problems that may have occurred in transferring orders shipped from one distribution center to another. The report gives the order number, order type, quantity shipped, and other pertinent information about the transfer.

Procedure To run a Transfer Orders Shipped report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 6, Transfer Orders Shipped, on the command line, then press Enter. The Transfer Orders Shipped screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing Transfer Orders Shipped, and type 2 in the OP column.

How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report 34-13

Page 1171: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

34-14 How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report

Page 1172: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

9. Tab to the row containing Actual Ship, and enter the appropriate ship date in the Selection

Value column.

10. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window reappears.

11. Press Enter. The Transfer Orders Shipped screen reappears.

12. Type 1 in the OP column of the Transfer Orders Shipped row.

How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report 34-15

Page 1173: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

13. Press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

14. Press F3 to exit.

34-16 How to Run a Transfer Orders Shipped Report

Page 1174: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report

Introduction The Transfer Receipts (Batteries) report compares the paperwork from physical receipts to what was received for daily balancing requirements according to JD Edwards.

Procedure To run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 7, Transfer Receipts (Batteries), on the command line, then press Enter. The Transfer Receipts (Batteries) screen appears.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report 34-17

Page 1175: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter 2 in the OP column by TRNSFRRCPT.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

34-18 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report

Page 1176: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Enter 1 in the “1” column adjacent to Data Selection.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report 34-19

Page 1177: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Enter the appropriate date in the G/L Date field of the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter three times. The Transfer Receipts (Batteries) screen reappears.

10. Enter 1 in the OP column by TRNSFRRCPT.

34-20 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report

Page 1178: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report 34-21

Page 1179: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-22 How to Run a Transfer Receipts (Batteries) Report

Page 1180: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report

Introduction The Items/Orders Shipped by Trip report allows the viewing of problems that may have occurred to items or an order to be shipped on a trip.

Procedure To run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 8, Items/Order Shipped by Trip, on the command line, then press Enter. The Items/Order Shipped by Trip screen appears.

How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report 34-23

Page 1181: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Tab to the row containing SOE0003, and enter 2 in the OP column.

6. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

34-24 How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report

Page 1182: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

8. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report 34-25

Page 1183: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Enter the actual ship date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window reappears.

10. Press Enter three times. The Items/Order Shipped by Trip screen reappears.

34-26 How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report

Page 1184: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

11. Enter 1 in the OP column in the row containing SOE003, then press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

12. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report 34-27

Page 1185: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-28 How to Run an Items/Orders Shipped by Trip Report

Page 1186: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report PARC Report

Introduction A Daily Orders Report PARC report identifies the orders of a PARC center.

Procedure To run a Daily Orders Report PARC report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 9, Daily Orders Report PARC, on the command line, then press Enter. The Daily Orders Report PARC screen appears.

5. Enter the type of date, from the list, in the Enter report based on date field.

6. Press Tab and enter the actual date in the Enter Date (MMDDYY) field.

7. Press Tab and enter the format for the report in the For Summary Report field.

8. Press Enter, and the PARC Reports Menu reappears. The message “Daily Orders Report PARC submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

9. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report PARC Report 34-29

Page 1187: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-30 How to Run a Daily Orders Report PARC Report

Page 1188: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report

Introduction A Daily Orders Report by Customer report identifies the orders placed by a specific customer at a PARC center.

Procedure To run a Daily Orders Report by Customer report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 10, Daily Orders Report By Cust., on the command line, then press Enter. The Daily Orders Report DC screen appears.

5. Enter the type of date, from the list, in the Enter report based on date field.

6. Press Tab and enter the actual date in the Enter Date (MMDDYY) field.

7. Press Tab and enter the format for the report in the For Summary Report field.

8. Press Enter, and the PARC Reports Menu reappears. The “Daily Orders Report By Cust. submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

9. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report 34-31

Page 1189: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-32 How to Run a Daily Orders Report by Customer Report

Page 1190: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report

Introduction The Open Orders by Customer report enables the viewing of all orders that are not shipped for a specific customer.

Procedure To run an Open Orders by Customer report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 11, Open Orders by Customer, on the command line, then press Enter. The message “Open Orders by Customer submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

5. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report 34-33

Page 1191: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-34 How to Run an Open Orders by Customer Report

Page 1192: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report

Introduction The Daily Orders Shipped report enables one to view problems that may have occurred in daily orders that were shipped.

Procedure To run a Daily Orders Shipped report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 12, Daily Orders Shipped, on the command line. The Daily Orders Shipped screen appears.

5. Enter 2 in the OP column in the row containing Daily Orders Shipped, then press Enter.

The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report 34-35

Page 1193: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Enter 1 in the row containing Data Selection, then press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

7. Tab to the row containing Actual Ship, and enter the ship date in the Selection Value

column.

8. Press Enter to accept the data. The Selective Change Prompt window reappears.

9. Press Enter. The Daily Orders Shipped screen reappears.

34-36 How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report

Page 1194: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Enter 1 in the OP column in the row containing Daily Orders Shipped, then press Enter. The message “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

11. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report 34-37

Page 1195: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-38 How to Run a Daily Orders Shipped Report

Page 1196: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Ship By Trip Report

Introduction The Ship by Trip report provides summarized order information for specified trips by sequence.

Procedure To run a Ship by Trip report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 14, Ship by Trip, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing $SHIPDATE, and enter the search comparison value in the Test

column.

Note: Press F1 in the field to view possible values.

6. Tab to the Value column, and enter the appropriate date(s) to search.

How to Run a Ship By Trip Report 34-39

Page 1197: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. When the query finishes, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

34-40 How to Run a Ship By Trip Report

Page 1198: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report

Introduction The Stock Locator by Type report lists all the locations for a specific battery type.

Procedure To run a Stock Locator by Type report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 15, Stock Locator by Type, on the command line.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report 34-41

Page 1199: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

6. Press Enter to run the query. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the

screen. Upon completion, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

34-42 How to Run a Stock Locator by Type Report

Page 1200: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report

Introduction The Serial Number Lookup report allows the details of a pallet(s) to print for specific serial numbers.

Procedure To run a Serial Number Lookup report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 16, Serial Number Lookup, on the command line.

How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report 34-43

Page 1201: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

6. Tab to the row containing MF$SER, and enter the search comparison value in the Test

column.

Note: Press F1 in the field to view possible values.

7. Tab to the Value column, and enter the serial number to search.

34-44 How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report

Page 1202: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

8. Press Enter to run the query. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

9. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report 34-45

Page 1203: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-46 How to Run a Serial Number Lookup Report

Page 1204: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report

Introduction The Single Location Lookup report enables one to locate the type of stock in a single stock location, such as 5555Z.

Procedure To run a Single Location Lookup report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 17, Single Location Lookup, on the command line.

How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report 34-47

Page 1205: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

6. Tab to the Value column, and enter the appropriate stock location in single quotes

Note: Press F11 to display the meaning of values in the Field column..

34-48 How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report

Page 1206: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter to run the query. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report 34-49

Page 1207: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-50 How to Run a Single Location Lookup Report

Page 1208: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report

Introduction The single type lookup finds the location of a specific type of battery.

Procedure To run a Single Type Lookup report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Report Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The Main Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 18, Single Type Lookup, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing MFAITM, and enter the appropriate basic or 90 number in quotes

in the Value column.

Note: In the Test field, enter EQ for a single lookup or LIST for multiple lookups. Press F11 to display the meaning of values in the Field column.

How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report 34-51

Page 1209: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

34-52 How to Run a Single Type Lookup Report

Page 1210: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report

Introduction The Stock Locator by Location report identifies the location of all the specific battery types in the distribution center.

Procedure To run a Stock Locator by Location report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 19, Stock Locator by Location, on the command line.

How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report 34-53

Page 1211: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

6. Press Enter to run the query. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the

screen. Upon completion, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

34-54 How to Run a Stock Locator by Location Report

Page 1212: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report

Introduction The Stock In Transit by Type report identifies the batteries being shipped to the PARC center by a specific type of battery.

Procedure To run a Stock In Transit by Type report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 20, Stock Intransit by Type, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Press Enter to run the query. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

6. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report 34-55

Page 1213: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-56 How to Run a Stock In Transit by Type Report

Page 1214: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report

Introduction The Stock History by Transaction Date report details the stock inventory by transactions from the PARC center.

Procedure To run a Stock History by Transaction Date report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 21, Stock History by Trans. Date, on the command line, then press Enter. The Select Records screen appears.

5. Tab to the row containing $DATE, and enter the range of dates to search in the Value

column.

6. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

7. Press F12 to exit the menu.

How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report 34-57

Page 1215: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-58 How to Run a Stock History by Transaction Date Report

Page 1216: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Conversion (Type to Type) Report

Introduction An N conversion is a type to type conversion for batteries.

Procedure To run an N Conversion (Type to Type) Report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 24, Additional PARC Reports, on the command line, then press Enter. The Additional PARC Reports screen appears.

5. Enter option 2, N Conversion (Type to Type), on the command line, then press Enter. The N Conversion (Type to Type) screen appears.

6. Tab to the row containing N Conversion (Type to Type), and type 2 in the OP column.

7. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

8. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run a Conversion (Type to Type) Report 34-59

Page 1217: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

10. Enter the order date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The

Selective Change Prompt window reappears.

11. Press Enter. The N Conversion (Type to Type) screen reappears.

34-60 How to Run a Conversion (Type to Type) Report

Page 1218: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing N Conversion (Type to Type), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a Conversion (Type to Type) Report 34-61

Page 1219: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-62 How to Run a Conversion (Type to Type) Report

Page 1220: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report

Introduction The Conversion Junk report allows you to view problems that have occurred during the conversion of junk batteries in the inventory.

Procedure To run a Conversion of Junk report for PARC, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 24, Additional PARC Reports, on the command line, then press Enter. The Additional PARC Reports screen appears.

5. Enter option 3, Conversion (Junk), on the command line.

How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report 34-63

Page 1221: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The Conversion (Junk) screen appears.

7. Tab to the OP field next to the Conversion (Junk) description, and enter 2.

8. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

9. Tab to the “1” field beside the Data Selection function, and enter 1.

34-64 How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report

Page 1222: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

10. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

11. Tab to the Selection Value field on the Order Date row, and enter the order date.

12. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

13. Press Enter. The Conversion (Junk) screen appears.

14. Tab to the OP field next to the Conversion (Junk) description, and enter 1.

How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report 34-65

Page 1223: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

15. Press Enter. The screen displays with a message indicating that a batch job has been submitted to generate the report.

16. Press F3 to exit the screen.

34-66 How to Run a Conversion (Junk) Report

Page 1224: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report

Introduction The Conversion (Blem) report allows you to view problems that have occurred during the conversion of blem batteries in the inventory.

Procedure To run a Conversion (Blem) report for PARC, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 24, Additional PARC Reports, on the command line, then press Enter. The Additional PARC Reports screen appears.

How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report 34-67

Page 1225: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

5. Enter option 4, Conversion (Blem), on the command line, then press Enter. The Conversion (Blem) screen appears.

6. Tab to the OP field next to the Conversion (Blem) description, and enter 2.

7. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

8. Tab to the “1” field beside the Data Selection function, and enter 1.

34-68 How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report

Page 1226: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

10. Tab to the Selection Value field on the Order Date row, and enter the order date.

11. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

12. Press Enter. The Conversion (Blem) screen appears.

13. Tab to the OP field next to the Conversion (Blem) description, and enter 1.

How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report 34-69

Page 1227: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

14. Press Enter. The screen displays with a message that a batch job has been submitted to generate the report.

15. Press F3 to exit the screen.

34-70 How to Run a Conversion (Blem) Report

Page 1228: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report

Introduction A CC Cycle Count Conversion report identifies adjustments to a location.

Procedure To run a CC Cycle Count Conversion report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 24, Additional PARC Reports, on the command line, then press Enter. The Additional PARC Reports screen appears.

5. Enter option 5, CC Cycle Count Conversion, on the command line, then press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen appears.

6. Tab to the row containing CC Conversion (Cycle Count), and type 2 in the OP column.

7. Press Enter. The Selective Change Prompt window appears.

8. Tab to the row containing Data Selection, and type 1 in the “1” column.

How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report 34-71

Page 1229: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

9. Press Enter. The Data Selection screen appears.

10. Enter the order date in the corresponding Selection Value column, then press Enter. The

Selective Change Prompt window reappears.

11. Press Enter. The CC Cycle Count Conversion screen reappears.

34-72 How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report

Page 1230: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

12. Enter 1 in the OP column of the row containing Conversion (Blem), then press Enter. “Submitted” appears at the end of the row.

13. Press F3 to exit.

How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report 34-73

Page 1231: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

34-74 How to Run a CC Cycle Count Conversion Report

Page 1232: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report

Introduction The Non-Shipped Order Summary report identifies all the orders that have a status other than shipped. This enables one to view any orders pending shipment.

Procedure To run a Non-Shipped Order Summary report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 24, Additional PARC Reports, on the command line, then press Enter. The Additional PARC Reports screen appears.

5. Enter option 6, Non Shipped Order Summary, on the command line. The Select Records screen appears.

6. Tab to the row containing SDNXTR, and enter the desired range for the status code in the

Value column.

How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report 34-75

Page 1233: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

7. Press Enter. The message “Query running” appears at the bottom left of the screen. Upon completion, the Additional PARC Reports screen appears.

8. Press F12 to exit the menu.

34-76 How to Run a Non-Shipped Order Summary Report

Page 1234: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

How to Run a Credit Orders Less than 560 Report

Introduction The Credit Orders Less than 560 report verifies that credits entered have been confirmed.

Procedure To run a Credit Orders Less than 560 report, perform the following steps:

1. Access the Main Distribution Center Processing Menu screen.

2. Enter option 5, PARC Operations, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Team Menu screen appears.

3. Enter option 23, Main PARC Reports Menu, on the command line, then press Enter. The PARC Reports Menu screen appears.

4. Enter option 24, Additional PARC Reports, on the command line, then press Enter. The Additional PARC Reports screen appears.

5. Enter option 7, Credit Orders Less than 560, on the command line.

How to Run a Credit Orders Less than 560 Report 34-77

Page 1235: JDE Distribution Manual

Exide Technologies, Inc.

6. Press Enter. The message “Credit Orders Less than 560 submitted to batch” appears at the bottom of the screen.

7. Press F12 to exit to the previous menu.

34-78 How to Run a Credit Orders Less than 560 Report

Page 1236: JDE Distribution Manual

INDEX

A action codes ................................................................... 1-3 active printers

working with ............................................................ 13-9 activity reports .............................................................. 1-7 adding to a pallet in pick verification........................ 5-31 adjustment

conversion from blem............................................... 8-43 conversion from junk................................................ 8-47 conversion from WIP ............................................... 8-39 cycle count conversion ............................................. 8-31 inventory to corporate junk ........................................ 8-9 inventory to junk ...................................................... 8-15 junk EAs to LBs ....................................................... 8-51 recover from blem .................................................... 8-27 recover from junk ..................................................... 8-19 type-to-type ................................................................ 8-1 WIP receipt............................................................... 8-35

approval delegation using ....................................................................... 14-53

approval review option using the ................................................................. 14-49

B backorder batch

releasing ................................................................... 2-45 backorders in advance

creating..................................................................... 2-41 battery activity report

PARC, running a ...................................................... 34-1 running a...................................................... 24-23, 27-21

blem conversion report running a................................................................. 27-39

boost in multiple to eaches..................................................... 9-23

boost out eaches to multiple..................................................... 9-25

branch/plant location changing or deleting ............................................... 12-11 entering or adding..................................................... 12-1

C capital equip, sanction (OS)

entering a................................................................ 14-17 common foundations..................................................... 1-1 complimentary sales (SP) orders

entering..................................................................... 2-17 computer directed move

performing a ............................................................... 9-1 confirm shipment

PARC ..................................................................... 18-21 performing................................................................ 6-17

confirming credits

PARC...................................................................... 15-63 conversion (blem) report

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-67 conversion (junk) report

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-63 conversion (type to type) report

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-59 conversion from blem (BF)

PARC, performing a ...............................................19-55 conversion from blem adjustment (BF).....................8-43 conversion from junk

PARC, performing a ...............................................19-61 conversion from junk adjustment (JF)......................8-47 conversion from WIP (WF)

PARC, performing a ...............................................19-49 conversion from WIP adjustment (WF)....................8-39 conversion of junk EAs to LBs

PARC, performing a ...............................................19-67 corporate junk adjustment

PARC, performing a .................................................19-9 costed stock status report

running a ...................................................................24-9 credit - customer junks CJ

PARC, entering....................................................... 15-47 credit - damage CD

PARC...................................................................... 15-15 credit - rotations CP

PARC, entering....................................................... 15-35 credit - shortage CS

PARC, entering a ......................................................15-1 credit - stockilft CL

PARC, entering a .................................................... 15-29 credit only CC

PARC, entering a .................................................... 15-23 credit orders less than 560 report

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-77 credit-refused CR

PARC, entering a ......................................................15-9 customer backorders report

running a ...................................................................22-7 customer sales orders (SG)

entering .......................................................................2-1 customer sales orders SG

PARC, entering....................................................... 15-67 customer service

inquiring on...............................................................28-1 customer service report/branch ops report

running a .................................................................24-31 customer service reports by branch report

running a .................................................................24-33 customer service reports by parent # report

running a .................................................................24-35 cycle count

performing a..............................................................10-1 performing a conversion .........................................10-15

cycle count conversion (CC) PARC, performing a ...............................................19-39

Page 1237: JDE Distribution Manual

cycle count conversion adjustment (CC)................... 8-31 cycle count conversion report

PARC, running a .................................................... 34-71 running a................................................................. 27-43

cycle count conversions PARC ..................................................................... 20-17

D daily orders reort by customer report

PARC, running a .................................................... 34-31 daily orders report

PARC, running a .................................................... 34-29 daily orders report by customer report

runnin a .................................................................. 24-17 daily orders report DC report

running a................................................................. 24-14 daily orders shipped report

PARC, running a .................................................... 34-35 running a................................................................. 27-19

DC summary report running a................................................................. 24-27

delivery notes inquiring on ............................................................ 28-15

detailed availability inquiring on ............................................................ 28-29

device status working with .......................................................... 13-13

directed putaway move perfroming a ............................................................. 9-33

directed receipt............................................................ 7-23

E EDI-display download runtimes

inquiring on ............................................................ 28-19 employee/casual sales SX

entering................................................................... 15-75 enter/change forecast

using the ................................................................... 33-1 exide non-JDE (EO) orders

entering..................................................................... 2-11 exisitng orders

adding to................................................................... 2-53 existing inventory purchase orders

cancelling ............................................................... 14-37 existing inventory/supplier (OF)

adding/changing ..................................................... 14-33 existing orders

cancelling lines on .................................................... 2-57 existing trip (route)

manually adding to an .............................................. 3-11

F fill % by business unit/ship to report

running a................................................................. 24-37 fill % by ship to report

running a................................................................. 24-41 fill % by SKU # report

running a................................................................. 24-45 final count keying

entering ...................................................................10-11 PARC...................................................................... 20-13

finishing line schedule report running a .................................................................24-49

full pallet picking using .........................................................................5-77

function keys..................................................................1-3

H hidden selections............................................................1-2 history by user name report

running a .................................................................24-51

I inquiries

customer service .......................................................28-1 detailed availability.................................................28-29 EDI-display download runtimes .............................28-19 item cross reference ................................................28-21 item ledger (Cardex) .................................................30-1 multi level BOM inquiry...........................................33-7 open order by date screen .......................................32-11 open order by department screen ..............................32-7 open orders inventory ...............................................29-9 open orders non-inventory ........................................29-1 open orders transfers ...............................................29-15 PARC stock history by serial number .......................20-7 pick production scheduling .......................................4-15 PO/receiving audit trail ...........................................29-23 pre-finished production scheduling...........................4-13 receipt .....................................................................29-19 sales ledger screen ....................................................28-9 serial number lookup ................................................31-7 stock history by serial number ..................................10-5 stock history by serial numbers............................... 11-17 stock locator by type .................................................31-1 summary availabilty.......................................28-25, 30-7 supply and demand ......................................29-27, 30-11 trip master screen ...........................................16-19, 32-1

inventory planning guide (basic) report running a ...................................................................24-1

inventory planning guide (components) report running an .................................................................24-7

inventory planning guide (finished) report running an .................................................................24-5

inventory PO entry (OI) entering an ..............................................................14-21

inventory PO receipts report running a .................................................................23-17

inventory PO's printing......................................................................23-1

inventory purchase orders receipts report running an ...............................................................27-47

inventory tags report submitting an ..........................................................11-29

inventory to blem adjustment (H) PARC, performing a ...............................................19-27

inventory to corporate junk adjustments ....................8-9 inventory to junk adjustment (E)...............................8-15

PARC...................................................................... 19-15

Index I-2

Page 1238: JDE Distribution Manual

inventory/supplier (OF) entering an.............................................................. 14-13

invnetory to blem adjustment (H) ............................. 8-23 item cross reference

inquiring on ............................................................ 28-21 item ledger (Cardex)

inquiry screen ........................................................... 30-1 item master information

using ......................................................................... 33-3 items/orders shipped by trip report

PARC, running an .................................................. 34-23 running an............................................................... 27-15

J junk conversion report

running a................................................................. 27-35 junk EAs to LBs adjustment (JW) ............................ 8-51 junk shipments to Smelter SI

entering................................................................... 15-89

K K-mart credit - customer junks CJ

PARC, entering ...................................................... 15-55 k-mart credits - rotations CP

PARC, entering ...................................................... 15-41

L load completion

PARC ..................................................................... 18-15 load completions

perfroming................................................................ 6-13 loaded truck report

running a................................................................. 26-31 location labels

printing ................................................................... 12-21 location report

running a................................................................. 25-13

M manually adding to an existing trip

PARC ....................................................................... 16-9 manually removing a pick from a trip

PARC ..................................................................... 16-13 manually re-sequencing orders on a trip

PARC ..................................................................... 16-15 manually routing orders

PARC ....................................................................... 16-1 menu screen................................................................... 1-2 monthly conversion list report

running a................................................................. 23-21 multi level BOM inquiry

using the ................................................................... 33-7 multi level where used

using ......................................................................... 33-9

N non PF customer detail report

running a .................................................................26-25 non-inventory supplier (OP)

entering .....................................................................14-1 Non-JDE EO orders

entering ...................................................................15-81 non-shipped order summary report

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-75 running a .................................................................26-21

O open inventory PO's by vendor

running....................................................................23-15 open order inquiry by date inquiry screen

using the..................................................................32-11 open order inquiry by department screen

using the....................................................................32-7 open orders bu customer report

running an .................................................................22-1 open orders by customer report

PARC, running an................................................... 34-33 open orders inventory

inquiry screen............................................................29-9 open orders non-inventory

inquiry screen............................................................29-1 open orders reort sum by day report

running an ...............................................................22-13 open orders transfers

inquiry screen.......................................................... 29-15 open transfer orders report

PARC, running ....................................................... 34-11 running a .................................................................23-13 running an ...............................................................22-11

order service report sum (Sam's) running an ...............................................................22-15

order service report sum (Wal-Mart) ......................22-21 orders awaiting approval

viewing ...................................................................14-45 orders to be routed detailed report

running a ...................................................................26-5 orders to be routed summary report

running a .................................................................26-11 orders without pick numbers report

running a .................................................................26-15

P P.O.R.S.

running a .................................................................24-25 packing (closing) an order in pick verification .........5-47 PARC

adding to a pallet in pick verification........................17-7 assigning a pick number..........................................15-99 confirm shipment .................................................... 18-21 confirming credits ...................................................15-63 cycle count conversions ..........................................20-17 cycle counting...........................................................20-1 entering a credit - refused CR ...................................15-9 entering a credit - rotations CP ............................... 15-35

Index I-3

Page 1239: JDE Distribution Manual

entering a credit - shortage CS ................................. 15-1 entering a credit - stocklift CL................................ 15-29 entering a credit only CC........................................ 15-23 entering a credit-damage CD.................................. 15-15 entering credit - customer junks CJ ........................ 15-47 entering customer sales orders SG.......................... 15-67 entering K-mart credit - customer junks CJ............ 15-55 entering K-Mart credit - rotations CP..................... 15-41 final count keying................................................... 20-13 load completion ...................................................... 18-15 manually adding to an existing trip .......................... 16-9 manually removing a pick from a trip .................... 16-13 manually re-sequencing orders on a trip................. 16-15 manually routing orders............................................ 16-1 open orders by customer report .............................. 34-33 packing (closing) an order in pick verification ....... 17-23 PARC, running a daily orders shipped report......... 34-35 performing a conversion from blem (BF)............... 19-55 performing a conversion from junk (JF)................. 19-61 performing a conversion from WIP (WF) .............. 19-49 performing a conversion of junk EAS to LBS (JW)19-67 performing a corporate junk adjustment................... 19-9 performing a cycle count conversion (CC)............. 19-39 performing a recover from blem (P) ....................... 19-33 performing a recover from junk adjustment (K)..... 19-21 performing a type to type adjustment ....................... 19-1 performing a WIP receipt adjustment (WR)........... 19-45 performing an inventory to blem adjustment.......... 19-27 performing an inventory to junk adjustment (E)..... 19-15 performing pick verification..................................... 17-1 performing truck loading.......................................... 18-1 picked pallet maintenance ...................................... 17-39 printing a packing slip in pick verification ............. 17-29 printing pick tickets from the trip assignment - trip build

screen ................................................................. 16-23 reprinting shipping documents ............................... 18-25 running a battery activity report ............................... 34-1 running a conversion (blem) report ........................ 34-67 running a conversion (junk) report ......................... 34-63 running a conversion (type to type) report.............. 34-59 running a credit orders less than 560 report............ 34-77 running a cycle count conversion report................. 34-71 running a daily orders report .................................. 34-29 running a daily orders report by customer report.... 34-31 running a non-shipped order summary report......... 34-75 running a serial number lookup report.................... 34-43 running a ship by trip report ................................... 34-39 running a single location lookup report .................. 34-47 running a single type lookup report ........................ 34-51 running a stock history by transaction date report .. 34-57 running a stock in transit by type report ................. 34-55 running a stock locator by location report .............. 34-53 running a transfer orders in transit report ................. 34-9 running a transfer orders shipped report ................. 34-13 running a transfer receipts (batteries) report........... 34-17 running an items/orders shipped by trip report ....... 34-23 running an open transfer orders report.................... 34-11 running an RMA returns report ................................ 34-7 stock locator by type report .................................... 34-41 stock locator moves .................................................. 20-9 trip master maintenance screen............................... 16-27 unpicking batteries in pick verification .................. 17-15

un-truck loading........................................................18-9 working with active printers .....................................21-1 working with user spooled files ................................21-7

PARC processes...........................................................1-11 PARC stock history by serial number

inquiring on...............................................................20-7 physical inventory

beginning ..................................................................11-1 posting ....................................................................11-33

pick number assigning ...................................................................2-33 PARC, assigning.....................................................15-99

pick numbers for backorders assigning ...................................................................2-37

pick production scheduling entering .......................................................................4-9 inquiring on...............................................................4-15

pick verification adding to a pallet.......................................................5-31 packing (closing) an order ........................................5-47 PARC........................................................................17-1 PARC adding to a pallet in pick verification ............17-7 PARC, closing (packing) an order .......................... 17-23 PARC, printing a packing slip ................................17-29 PARC, reprinting a pallet label ...............................17-33 PARC, unpicking batteries......................................17-15 performing ................................................................5-27 printing a packing slip...............................................5-53 reprinting a pallet label .............................................5-57 unpicking batteries....................................................5-39

picked pallet maintenance PARC...................................................................... 17-39 using .........................................................................5-69

picking pre-finished batteries.....................................5-13 plant shipments report

running a .................................................................24-29 PO/receiving audit trail

inquiry screen.......................................................... 29-23 posting physical inventory ........................................11-33 pre-finished batteries

picking ......................................................................5-13 unproducing ................................................................5-7

pre-finished customer detail report running a .................................................................26-23

pre-finished production processing ...................................................................5-1

pre-finished production scheduling entering .......................................................................4-1 inquiring on...............................................................4-13

printing inventory PO's...........................................................23-1 location labels .........................................................12-21 specific inventory POs ..............................................23-7 text labels................................................................12-25

printing a packing slip in pick verification................5-53 printing pick tickets from the trip assignment - trip

build screen PARC...................................................................... 16-23

production recap ny line/user report running a .................................................................24-19

purcahse orders/non-inventory (OP) changing..................................................................14-41

Index I-4

Page 1240: JDE Distribution Manual

purchase order unreceiving............................................................... 7-19

purchased inventory on order report running a...................................................... 23-11, 24-11

purged trip numbers report running a................................................................. 26-27

Q query

working with .......................................................... 13-21

R rebooting your scanner............................................. 13-23 recap of batteries by trip report

running a................................................................. 24-53 receipt

inquiry screen ......................................................... 29-19 receipt from exide non-JDE (EI)

entering a................................................................ 14-29 receive by purchase order ............................................ 7-9 receive by serial number .............................................. 7-1 recover from blem (P)

PARC, performing a............................................... 19-33 recover from blem adjustment (P) ............................ 8-27 recover from junk adjustment ................................... 8-19 recover from junk adjustment (K)

PARC, performing a............................................... 19-21 regular move

from a rack to the picking area ................................... 9-9 multiple storage location to a rack location .............. 9-13 reject repair to a multiple storage location................ 9-19 type location to a multiple storage location .............. 9-15

removing apick from a trip manually................................................................... 3-15

reprint documents PARC ..................................................................... 18-25

reprinting specific inventory POs.............................................. 23-9

reprinting a pallet label .............................................. 5-63 reprinting a pallet label in pick verification ............. 5-57 reprinting documents ................................................. 6-21 re-sequencing orders on a trip

manually................................................................... 3-17 reverse by serial number............................................ 7-15 RMA returns report

PARC, running an .................................................... 34-7 running an............................................................... 27-13

routing an order manually..................................................................... 3-3

S sales ledger screen

inquiring on .............................................................. 28-9 scanner

rebooting ................................................................ 13-23 scheduling

pick production........................................................... 4-9 pre-finihsed production .............................................. 4-1

screen layouts ................................................................ 1-3

search types....................................................................1-4 serial number lookup report

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-43 running a ...................................................................25-7

serialized pallet maintenance performing ..............................................................11-25

ship by trip report PARC, running a..................................................... 34-39 running a .................................................................27-25

ship to address temporarily changing a .............................................2-49

single location lookup report PARC, running a..................................................... 34-47 running a ...................................................................25-9

single type lookup report PARC, running a..................................................... 34-51 running a .................................................................25-11

specific inventory POs printing......................................................................23-7 reprinting ..................................................................23-9

split loads .....................................................................2-41 ST/OT receiving report

running an ...............................................................27-53 ST/OT report

running an ...............................................................27-51 starting printers...........................................................13-1 stock history by serial number

inquiring on...............................................................10-5 stock history by serial number report

running a .................................................................25-21 stock history by serial numbers

inquiring on............................................................. 11-17 stock history by transaction date

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-57 stock history by transaction date report

running a .................................................................25-19 stock in transit by type report

PARC, running a..................................................... 34-55 running a .................................................................25-17

stock locator by location report PARC, running a..................................................... 34-53

stock locator by manufacturing date report running a .................................................................25-15

stock locator by type report PARC, running a..................................................... 34-41 running a ...................................................................25-1

stock locator inquiries by serial number .......................................................31-7 by type ......................................................................31-1

stock locator moves performing .....................................................10-7, 11-35

stock move history report running a .................................................................25-23

summary availability inquiring on............................................................. 28-25 inquiry screen............................................................30-7

supply and demand inquiry screen...............................................29-27, 30-11 using .........................................................................33-5

Index I-5

Page 1241: JDE Distribution Manual

T tag keying

performing.............................................................. 11-21 test batteries (TS) orders

entering..................................................................... 2-27 text labels

printing ................................................................... 12-25 transfer labels using boost in

unproducing.............................................................. 9-31 transfer labels using boost out

creating..................................................................... 9-27 transfer order by receiving report

running a................................................................. 27-27 transfer order by shipping report

running a................................................................. 27-29 transfer order to JD DC (ST/OT)

entering..................................................................... 2-23 transfer orders in transit report

PARC, running a ...................................................... 34-9 running a........................................................ 24-13, 27-1

transfer orders shipped report PARC, running a .................................................... 34-13 running a................................................................... 27-3

transfer receipts (batteries) report PARC, running a .................................................... 34-17 running a................................................................... 27-7

transfer receipts (components) report running a................................................................... 27-9

transfer to JDE DC ST/OT entering................................................................... 15-95

trip master inquiry screen PARC, using the..................................................... 16-19 using the .......................................................... 3-19, 32-1

trip master maintenance screen PARC ..................................................................... 16-27 using the ................................................................... 3-25

trip number tracking report running a................................................................... 26-1

trip run date changing the ............................................................... 4-7

truck loading PARC, performing ....................................................18-1 performing ..................................................................6-1

truck stops routing using ...............................................................3-1

type to type adjustment (N) PARC, performing a .................................................19-1

type to type conversion report running a .................................................................27-31

type-to-type adjustments (N) ........................................8-1

U unpicking batteries in pick verification .....................5-39 unproducing pre-finished batteries..............................5-7 unreceive by purchase order ......................................7-19 un-truck loading ............................................................6-9

PARC........................................................................ 18-9 user spooled files

working with...........................................................13-17

V variance detail report

submitting a ............................................................11-31 vary off device..............................................................13-3 vary on device ..............................................................13-7 viewing default location maintenance......................12-17

W warehouse layout definitions ........................................1-5 WIP receipt adjustment (WR) ...................................8-35

PARC, performing a ...............................................19-45 work day calendar

entering ...................................................................12-19 working with active printers

PARC........................................................................21-1 working with user spooled files

PARC........................................................................21-7

Index I-6

Page 1242: JDE Distribution Manual

Index I-2